summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/doc/guide/bind10-guide.xml
blob: 44d804c7c1b32da46154c366bd8f058f8c3fd7ae (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY mdash  "&#x2014;" >
<!ENTITY % version SYSTEM "version.ent">
%version;
]>

<!--
 - Copyright (C) 2010-2014  Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
 -
 - Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 - purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 - copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 -
 - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ISC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
 - REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 - AND FITNESS.  IN NO EVENT SHALL ISC BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
 - INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
 - LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
 - OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
 - PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
-->

<book>
  <?xml-stylesheet href="bind10-guide.css" type="text/css"?>

  <bookinfo>
    <title>Kea Guide</title>
    <subtitle>Administrator Reference for Kea</subtitle>

    <copyright>
      <year>2010-2014</year><holder>Internet Systems Consortium, Inc.</holder>
    </copyright>

    <abstract>
      <para>
        Kea is an open source implementation of the Dynamic Host Configuration
        Protocol (DHCP) servers, developed and maintained by Internet Systems
        Consortium (ISC).
      </para>

      <!-- TODO: The VERSION needs to be updated -->
      <para>
        This is the reference guide for Kea version &__VERSION__;.
        The most up-to-date version of this document (in PDF, HTML,
        and plain text formats), along with other documents for
        Kea, can be found at <ulink url="http://kea.isc.org/docs"/>.
        </para> </abstract>

      <releaseinfo>This is the reference guide for Kea version
        &__VERSION__;.</releaseinfo>

  </bookinfo>

  <!-- todo: Preface is now empty, but leave it around now
  <preface>
    <title>Preface</title>
  </preface>
-->
  <chapter id="intro">
    <title>Introduction</title>
    <para>
      Kea is the next generation of DHCP servers developed by ISC.
      It supports both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 protocols along with their
      extensions (e.g. prefix delegation). It also supports the dynamic
      updates to DNS.
    </para>

    <para>
      Kea has been initially developed as a part of the BIND 10 framework
      (<ulink url="http://bind10.isc.org"/>). In early 2014, ISC
      made the decision to discontinue active development of BIND 10 and
      continue development of Kea as standalone DHCP servers. As a result,
      the components and libraries related to the BIND10 framework and DNS
      are going to be removed from the Kea source tree over time.
      In order to remove the dependency on Python 3, the BIND 10 framework
      will be replaced by the server startup and configuration mechanisms
      written in C++.
    </para>

    <note>
      <simpara>Kea has been implemented in BIND 10 framework and to certain extent
      it still depends on various BIND 10 libraries. It also requires the BIND 10
      framework to run, because BIND 10 configuration mechanisms are used to
      configure Kea. As a result, this document still refers to BIND 10 in many
      paragraphs. The term "BIND 10" in the context of this document means
      "BIND 10 libraries and applications which are necessary for Kea to run
      and configure". The term "Kea" means "the collection of binaries and libraries
      which, as a whole, implement the DHCP protocols.
      </simpara>
    </note>

    <para>
      This guide covers Kea version &__VERSION__;.
    </para>

    <section>
      <!-- todo: revisit (maybe extend) the list of supported platforms -->
      <title>Supported Platforms</title>
      <para>
        Kea builds have been tested on (in no particular order)
        Debian GNU/Linux 6 and unstable, Ubuntu 9.10, NetBSD 5,
        Solaris 10 and 11, FreeBSD 7 and 8, CentOS Linux 5.3,
        MacOS 10.6 and 10.7, and OpenBSD 5.1.

        It has been tested on Sparc, i386, and amd64 hardware
        platforms.

        It is planned for Kea to build, install and run on
        Windows and standard Unix-type platforms.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="required-software">
      <title>Required Software at Run-time</title>

      <para>
        Running Kea uses various extra software which may
        not be provided in some operating systems' default
        installations nor standard packages collections. You may
        need to install this required software separately.
        (For the build requirements, also see
        <xref linkend="build-requirements"/>.)
      </para>

      <para>
        Kea was developed as a collection of applications within
        BIND 10 framework and it still relies on the remaining parts
        of this framework. In particular, the servers' configuration
        and startup are still facilitated by the modules which originate
        in BIND 10. These modules require at least Python 3.1 to run.
        They also work with Python 3.2
        (<ulink url="http://www.python.org/"/>)). The dependency
        on Python will be removed once a replacing configuration
        and startup mechanisms are developed for Kea. At this point
        Kea will be written in pure C++.
      </para>

      <para>
        Kea uses the Botan crypto library for C++
        (<ulink url="http://botan.randombit.net/"/>).
        It requires at least Botan version 1.8.
      </para>

      <para>
        Kea uses the log4cplus C++ logging library
        (<ulink url="http://log4cplus.sourceforge.net/"/>).
        It requires at least log4cplus version 1.0.3.
<!-- TODO: It is recommended to use at least version .... -->
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="starting_stopping">
      <title>Starting and Stopping the Server</title>
      <para>
        Kea is modular.  Part of this modularity is
        accomplished using multiple cooperating processes which, together,
        provide the server functionality.
      </para>

      <!-- todo: Rename processes here, once they are renamed in the source -->
      <para>
        At first, running many different processes may seem confusing.
        However, these processes are started by running a single
	command, <command>bind10</command>.  This command starts
	a master process, <command>b10-init</command>, which will
	start other required processes and other processes when
	configured.  The processes that may be started have names
	starting with "b10-", including:
      </para>

      <para>

        <itemizedlist>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> &mdash;
              Configuration manager.
              This process maintains all of the configuration for BIND 10.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-cmdctl</command> &mdash;
              Command and control service.
              This process allows external control of the BIND 10 system.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-dhcp4</command> &mdash;
              DHCPv4 server process.
              This process responds to DHCPv4 queries from clients.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-dhcp6</command> &mdash;
              DHCPv6 server process.
              This process responds to DHCPv6 queries from clients.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-dhcp-ddns</command> &mdash;
              DHCP-DDNS process.
              This process acts as an intermediary between the DHCP servers
              and DNS server. It receives name update requests from the DHCP
              servers and sends DNS Update messages to the DNS servers.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-msgq</command> &mdash;
              Message bus daemon.
              This process coordinates communication between all of the other
              BIND 10 processes.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-sockcreator</command> &mdash;
              Socket creator daemon.
              This process creates sockets used by
              network-listening BIND 10 processes.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-stats</command> &mdash;
              Statistics collection daemon.
              This process collects and reports statistics data.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-stats-httpd</command> &mdash;
              HTTP server for statistics reporting.
              This process reports statistics data in XML format over HTTP.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>

        </itemizedlist>
      </para>

      <para>
        These do not need to be manually started independently.
      </para>

    </section>

    <section id="managing_once_running">
      <title>Managing BIND 10</title>

      <para>
        Once BIND 10 is running, a few commands are used to interact
        directly with the system:
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>bindctl</command> &mdash;
              Interactive administration interface.
              This is a low-level command-line tool which allows
              a developer or an experienced administrator to control
              Kea.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>b10-cmdctl-usermgr</command> &mdash;
              User access control.
              This tool allows an administrator to authorize additional users
              to manage Kea.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
  <!-- TODO usermgr -->
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
    </section>

    <para>
      The tools and modules are covered in full detail in this guide.
<!-- TODO point to these -->
      In addition, manual pages are also provided in the default installation.
    </para>

<!--
bin/
  bindctl*
  host*
lib/
  libauth
  libdns
  libexceptions
  python3.1/site-packages/isc/{cc,config}
sbin/
  bind10
share/
  share/bind10/
    auth.spec
    b10-cmdctl.pem
    init.spec
    passwd.csv
  man/
var/
  bind10/b10-config.db
-->

    <para>
      BIND 10 also provides libraries and programmer interfaces
      for C++ and Python for the message bus and configuration backend,
      and, of course, DHCP. These include detailed developer
      documentation and code examples.
<!-- TODO point to this -->
    </para>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="quickstart">
    <title>Quick start</title>

    <para>
        This quickly covers the standard steps for installing
        and deploying Kea.
        For further details, full customizations, and troubleshooting,
        see the respective chapters in the Kea guide.
    </para>

    <section id="quick-start-dhcp6">
      <title>Quick start guide for DHCPv6 service</title>

      <orderedlist>

        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            Install required run-time and build dependencies.
          </simpara>
        </listitem>

        <!-- We may need to replace it with the link to a downloadable tarball
        once we have it. -->
        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            Checkout the latest Kea revision from the Git repository:
            <screen>$ <userinput>git clone git://git.kea.isc.org/kea</userinput> </screen>
          </simpara>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Go into the source and run configure:
            <screen>$ <userinput>cd kea</userinput>
$ <userinput>autoreconf --install</userinput>
$ <userinput>./configure</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Build it:
            <screen>$ <userinput>make</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Install it as root (by default to prefix
          <filename>/usr/local/</filename>):
            <screen>$ <userinput>make install</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Change directory to the install prefix (by default
          <filename>/usr/local/</filename>):
            <screen>$ <userinput>cd /usr/local/</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Create a user for yourself:
            <screen>$ <userinput>sbin/b10-cmdctl-usermgr add root</userinput></screen>
	  and enter a newly chosen password when prompted.
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>Start the server (as root):
            <screen>$ <userinput>sbin/bind10</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>DHCP components are not started in the default
	    configuration.  In another console, enable the DHCPv6
	    service (by using the <command>bindctl</command> utility
	    to configure the <command>b10-dhcp6</command> component to
	    run): <screen>$ <userinput>bin/bindctl</userinput></screen>
	    (Login with the username and password you used above to create a user.)
            <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Init/components b10-dhcp6</userinput>
<!-- todo: Should the kind be needed or dispensable? -->
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp6/kind dispensable</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>quit</userinput>
            </screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>

        <listitem>
         <para>Test it; for example, use the
         <ulink url="http://www.isc.org/downloads/DHCP/">ISC DHCP client</ulink>
         to send DHCPv6 queries to the server and verify that the client receives a
         configuration from the server:
            <screen>$ <userinput>dhclient -6</userinput></screen>
         </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

    </section>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="installation">
    <title>Installation</title>

    <section id="packages">
      <title>Packages</title>

      <para>
        Some operating systems or software package vendors may
        provide ready-to-use, pre-built software packages for Kea.
        Installing a pre-built package means you do not need to
        install build-only prerequisites and do not need to
        <emphasis>make</emphasis> the software.
      </para>

      <para>
        FreeBSD ports, NetBSD pkgsrc, and Debian
        <emphasis>testing</emphasis> package collections provide
        all the prerequisite packages.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="install-hierarchy">
      <title>Install Hierarchy</title>
      <para>
        The following is the standard, common layout of the
        complete Kea installation:
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
           <simpara>
              <filename>bin/</filename> &mdash;
              general tools and diagnostic clients.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
          <simpara>
            <filename>etc/bind10/</filename> &mdash;
            configuration files.
          </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>lib/</filename> &mdash;
              libraries and python modules.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>libexec/bind10/</filename> &mdash;
              executables that a user wouldn't normally run directly and
              are not run independently.
              These are the BIND 10 and Kea modules which are daemons started by
              the <command>b10-init</command> master process.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>sbin/</filename> &mdash;
              commands used by the system administrator.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>share/bind10/</filename> &mdash;
              configuration specifications.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>share/doc/bind10/</filename> &mdash;
              this guide and other supplementary documentation.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>share/man/</filename> &mdash;
              manual pages (online documentation).
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <filename>var/bind10/</filename> &mdash;
              data source and configuration databases.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="build-requirements">
      <title>Building Requirements</title>

        <para>
          In addition to the run-time requirements (listed in
          <xref linkend="required-software"/>), building Kea
          from source code requires various development include headers and
          program development tools.
        </para>

        <note>
          <simpara>
            Some operating systems have split their distribution packages into
            a run-time and a development package.  You will need to install
            the development package versions, which include header files and
            libraries, to build Kea from source code.
          </simpara>
        </note>

        <para>
          Building from source code requires the Boost
          build-time headers
          (<ulink url="http://www.boost.org/"/>).
          At least Boost version 1.35 is required.
  <!-- TODO: we don't check for this version -->
  <!-- NOTE: jreed has tested with 1.34, 1.38, and 1.41. -->
        </para>

        <para>
          To build Kea, also install the Botan (at least version
          1.8) and the log4cplus (at least version 1.0.3)
          development include headers.
        </para>

<!--
TODO
Debian and Ubuntu:
 libgmp3-dev and libbz2-dev required for botan too
-->

<!-- NOTE: _sqlite3 is only needed at test time; it is already listed
as a dependency earlier -->

        <para>
          Building Kea also requires a C++ compiler and
          standard development headers, make, and pkg-config.
          Kea builds have been tested with GCC g++ 3.4.3, 4.1.2,
          4.1.3, 4.2.1, 4.3.2, and 4.4.1; Clang++ 2.8; and Sun C++ 5.10.
        </para>

        <para>
          Visit the user-contributed wiki at <ulink
          url="http://kea.isc.org/wiki/SystemSpecificNotes" />
          for system-specific installation tips.
        </para>

    </section>

    <section id="install">
      <title>Installation from source</title>
      <para>
        Kea is open source software written in C++ (some components of the
        BIND 10 framework are written in Python).
        It is freely available in source code form from ISC as a
        downloadable tar file or via Kea Git code revision control
        service. (It may also be available in pre-compiled ready-to-use
        packages from operating system vendors.)
      </para>

      <section>

        <title>Download Tar File</title>
        <para>
          Kea 0.8 is available as a part of BIND10 1.2 release, which is
          a final release of BIND10 from ISC. This release can be downloaded
          from: <ulink url="ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind10/"/>.
        </para>
      </section>

      <section>
        <title>Retrieve from Git</title>
        <para>
          Downloading this "bleeding edge" code is recommended only for
          developers or advanced users.  Using development code in a production
          environment is not recommended.
        </para>

        <note>
          <para>
            When using source code retrieved via Git, additional
            software will be required:  automake (v1.11 or newer),
            libtoolize, and autoconf (2.59 or newer).
            These may need to be installed.
          </para>
        </note>

        <para>
          The latest development code (and temporary experiments
          and un-reviewed code) is available via the Kea code revision
          control system. This is powered by Git and all the Kea
          development is public.
          The leading development is done in the <quote>master</quote>
          branch.
        </para>
        <para>
          The code can be checked out from
          <filename>git://git.kea.isc.org/kea</filename>;
          for example:

        <screen>$ <userinput>git clone git://git.kea.isc.org/kea</userinput></screen>
        </para>

        <para>
          When checking out the code from
          the code version control system, it doesn't include the
          generated configure script, Makefile.in files, nor their
          related build files.
          They can be created by running <command>autoreconf</command>
          with the <option>--install</option> switch.
          This will run <command>autoconf</command>,
          <command>aclocal</command>,
          <command>libtoolize</command>,
          <command>autoheader</command>,
          <command>automake</command>,
          and related commands.
        </para>

      </section>


      <section id="configure">
        <title>Configure before the build</title>
        <para>
          Kea uses the GNU Build System to discover build environment
          details.
          To generate the makefiles using the defaults, simply run:
          <screen>$ <userinput>./configure</userinput></screen>
        </para>
        <para>
          Run <command>./configure</command> with the <option>--help</option>
          switch to view the different options. Some commonly-used options are:

          <variablelist>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>--prefix</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>Define the installation location (the
                default is <filename>/usr/local/</filename>).
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>--with-boost-include</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>Define the path to find the Boost headers.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>--with-pythonpath</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>Define the path to Python 3.1 if it is not in the
                standard execution path.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>--with-gtest</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>Enable building the C++ Unit Tests using the
                Google Tests framework. Optionally this can define the
                path to the gtest header files and library.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>--without-werror</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>Disable the default use of the
		<option>-Werror</option> compiler flag so that
		compiler warnings aren't build failures.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          </variablelist>
          <note>
            <para>
              For additional instructions concerning the building and installation of
              Kea, see <xref linkend="dhcp-install-configure"/>.
            </para>
          </note>
        </para>
  <!-- TODO: lcov -->

        <para>
          For example, the following configures it to
    find the Boost headers, find the
    Python interpreter, and sets the installation location:

          <screen>$ <userinput>./configure \
      --with-boost-include=/usr/pkg/include \
      --with-pythonpath=/usr/pkg/bin/python3.1 \
      --prefix=/opt/bind10</userinput></screen>
        </para>

        <para>
          If the configure fails, it may be due to missing or old
          dependencies.
        </para>


      </section>

      <section>
        <title>Build</title>
        <para>
    After the configure step is complete, to build the executables
    from the C++ code and prepare the Python scripts, run:

          <screen>$ <userinput>make</userinput></screen>
        </para>
      </section>

      <section>
        <title>Install</title>
        <para>
          To install the Kea executables, support files,
          and documentation, run:
          <screen>$ <userinput>make install</userinput></screen>
        </para>
        <para>
          Please don't use any form of parallel or job server options
          (such as GNU make's <command>-j</command> option) when
          performing this step. Doing so may cause errors.
        </para>
        <note>
          <para>The install step may require superuser privileges.</para>
        </note>
        <para>
	  If required, run <command>ldconfig</command> as root with
	  <filename>/usr/local/lib</filename> (or with ${prefix}/lib if
	  configured with --prefix) in
	  <filename>/etc/ld.so.conf</filename> (or the relevant linker
	  cache configuration file for your OS):
	  <screen>$ <userinput>ldconfig</userinput></screen>
        </para>
        <note>
          <para>
	    If you do not run <command>ldconfig</command> where it is
	    required, you may see errors like the following:
            <screen>
	      program: error while loading shared libraries: libkea-something.so.1:
	      cannot open shared object file: No such file or directory
	    </screen>
	  </para>
        </note>
      </section>

  <!-- TODO: tests -->

    </section>

  <!--
      <section id="install.troubleshooting">
        <title>Troubleshooting</title>
        <para>
        </para>
      </section>
  -->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="bind10">
    <title>Starting Kea with <command>bind10</command></title>
    <para>
      Kea is started with the <command>bind10</command> command.
      It runs the <command>b10-init</command> daemon which
      starts up the required processes, and
      will also restart some processes that exit unexpectedly.
      <command>bind10</command> is the only command needed to start Kea.
    </para>

    <para>
      After starting the <command>b10-msgq</command> communications channel,
      <command>b10-init</command> connects to it,
      runs the configuration manager, and reads its own configuration.
      Then it starts the other modules.
    </para>

    <para>
      The <command>b10-sockcreator</command>, <command>b10-msgq</command> and
      <command>b10-cfgmgr</command>
      services make up the core. The <command>b10-msgq</command> daemon
      provides the communication channel between every part of the system.
      The <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> daemon is always needed by every
      module, if only to send information about themselves somewhere,
      but more importantly to ask about their own settings, and
      about other modules. The <command>b10-sockcreator</command> daemon
      can allocate Internet addresses and ports needed by network services
      but is currently unused by DHCP servers.
    </para>

    <para>
      In its default configuration, the <command>b10-init</command>
      master process will also start up
      <command>b10-cmdctl</command> for administration tools to
      communicate with the system, and
      <command>b10-stats</command> for statistics collection.
      The DHCP servers are not started by default.
      The configuration of components to start is covered in
      <xref linkend="kea.components"/>.
    </para>

    <section id="start">
      <title>Starting Kea</title>
      <para>
        To start the BIND 10 service, simply run <command>bind10</command>
        as root.
        It will run in the foreground and your shell prompt will not
        be available. It will output various log messages as it starts up
        and is used.
        Run it with the <option>--verbose</option> switch to
        get additional debugging or diagnostic output.
      </para>

<!-- TODO: user switch -->

<!-- TODO:  example:  nohup /usr/local/sbin/bind10 1>bind10.log 2>&1 -->

      <note>
        <para>
          If the setproctitle Python module is detected at start up,
          the process names for the Python-based daemons will be renamed
          to better identify them instead of just <quote>python</quote>.
          This is not needed on some operating systems.
        </para>
      </note>

    </section>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="msgq">
    <title>Command channel</title>

      <para>
        The BIND 10 components use the <command>b10-msgq</command>
        message routing daemon to communicate with Kea components.
        The <command>b10-msgq</command> implements what is called the
        <quote>Command Channel</quote>.
        Processes intercommunicate by sending messages on the command
        channel.
        Example messages include shutdown, get configurations, and set
        configurations.
        This Command Channel is not used for DNS message passing.
        It is used only to control and monitor the BIND 10 system.
      </para>

      <para>
        Administrators do not communicate directly with the
        <command>b10-msgq</command> daemon.
        By default, BIND 10 uses a UNIX domain socket file named
        <filename>/usr/local/var/bind10/msg_socket</filename>
        for this interprocess communication.
      </para>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="cfgmgr">
    <title>Configuration manager</title>

      <para>
         The configuration manager, <command>b10-cfgmgr</command>,
         handles all system configuration.  It provides
         persistent storage for configuration, and notifies running
         modules of configuration changes.
      </para>

      <para>
        The <command>b10-dhcp6</command>, <command>b10-dhcp4</command> and
        <command>b10-dhcp-ddns</command> daemons receive their configurations
        from the configuration manager over the <command>b10-msgq</command>
        command channel.
      </para>

      <para>The administrator doesn't connect to it directly, but
        uses a user interface to communicate with the configuration
        manager via <command>b10-cmdctl</command>'s REST-ful interface.
        <command>b10-cmdctl</command> is covered in <xref linkend="cmdctl"/>.
      </para>

<!-- TODO -->
      <note>
        <para>
          In future releases of Kea, the architecture which originates in
          the BIND 10 project will be replaced by the new mechanisms to start
          and configure Kea. The new mechanisms will use a file based
          configuration.
        </para>
      </note>

      <para>
        The <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> daemon can send all
        specifications and all current settings to the
        <command>bindctl</command> client (via
        <command>b10-cmdctl</command>).
        <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> relays configurations received
        from <command>b10-cmdctl</command> to the appropriate modules.
      </para>
<!-- TODO:
        Configuration settings for itself are defined as ConfigManager.
TODO: show examples
-->

<!-- TODO:
config changes are actually commands to cfgmgr
-->

<!-- TODO: what about run time config to change this? -->
<!-- jelte: > config set cfgmgr/config_database <file> -->
<!-- TODO: what about command line switch to change this? -->
      <para>
        The stored configuration file is at
        <filename>/usr/local/var/bind10/b10-config.db</filename>.
        (The directory is what was defined at build configure time for
        <option>--localstatedir</option>.
        The default is <filename>/usr/local/var/</filename>.)
        The format is loosely based on JSON and is directly parseable
        python, but this may change in a future version.
        This configuration data file is not manually edited by the
        administrator.
      </para>

<!--

Well the specfiles have a more fixed format (they must contain specific
stuff), but those are also directly parseable python structures (and
'coincidentally', our data::element string representation is the same)

loosely based on json, tweaked to be directly parseable in python, but a
subset of that.
wiki page is http://bind10.isc.org/wiki/DataElementDesign

nope, spec files are written by module developers, and db should be done
through bindctl and friends

-->

    <para>
      The configuration manager does not have any command line arguments.
      Normally it is not started manually, but is automatically
      started using the <command>b10-init</command> master process
      (as covered in <xref linkend="bind10"/>).
    </para>

<!-- TODO: upcoming plans:
configuration for configuration manager itself. And perhaps we might
change the messaging protocol, but an admin should never see any of that
-->

<!-- TODO: show examples, test this -->
<!--
, so an admin can simply run bindctl,
do config show, and it shows all modules; config show >module> shows all
options for that module
-->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="cmdctl">
    <title>Remote control daemon</title>

    <para>
      <command>b10-cmdctl</command> is the gateway between
      administrators and the BIND 10 system.
      It is a HTTPS server that uses standard HTTP Digest
      Authentication for username and password validation.
      It provides a REST-ful interface for accessing and controlling
      BIND 10.
    </para>
<!-- TODO: copy examples from wiki, try with wget -->

    <para>
      When <command>b10-cmdctl</command> starts, it firsts
      asks <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> about what modules are
      running and what their configuration is (over the
      <command>b10-msgq</command> channel). Then it will start listening
      on HTTPS for clients &mdash; the user interface &mdash; such
      as <command>bindctl</command>.
    </para>

    <para>
      <command>b10-cmdctl</command> directly sends commands
      (received from the user interface) to the specified component.
      Configuration changes are actually commands to
      <command>b10-cfgmgr</command> so are sent there.
    </para>

<!--
TODO:
"For bindctl to list a module's available configurations and
available commands, it communicates over the cmdctl REST interface.
cmdctl then asks cfgmgr over the msgq command channel. Then cfgmgr
asks the module for its specification and also cfgmgr looks in its
own configuration database for current values."

(05:32:03) jelte: i think cmdctl doesn't request it upon a incoming
GET, but rather requests it once and then listens in for updates,
but you might wanna check with likun
-->

<!-- TODO: replace /usr/local -->
<!-- TODO: permissions -->
    <para>The HTTPS server requires a private key,
      such as a RSA PRIVATE KEY.
      The default location is at
      <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-keyfile.pem</filename>.
      (A sample key is at
      <filename>/usr/local/share/bind10/cmdctl-keyfile.pem</filename>.)
      It also uses a certificate located at
      <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-certfile.pem</filename>.
      (A sample certificate is at
      <filename>/usr/local/share/bind10/cmdctl-certfile.pem</filename>.)
      This may be a self-signed certificate or purchased from a
      certification authority.
    </para>

    <note><para>
      The HTTPS server doesn't support a certificate request from a
      client (at this time).
<!-- TODO: maybe allow request from server side -->
      The <command>b10-cmdctl</command> daemon does not provide a
      public service. If any client wants to control BIND 10, then
      a certificate needs to be first received from the BIND 10
      administrator.
      The Kea installation provides a sample PEM bundle that matches
      the sample key and certificate.
    </para></note>
<!-- TODO: cross-ref -->

<!-- TODO
openssl req -new -x509 -keyout server.pem -out server.pem -days 365 -nodes
but that is a single file, maybe this should go back to that format?
-->

<!--
    <para>
(08:20:56) shane: It is in theory possible to run without cmdctl.
(08:21:02) shane: I think we discussed this.
    </para>
-->

<!-- TODO: Please check https://bind10.isc.org/wiki/cmd-ctrld -->


    <para>
      The <command>b10-cmdctl</command> daemon also requires
      the user account file located at
      <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-accounts.csv</filename>.
      This comma-delimited file lists the accounts with a user name,
      hashed password, and salt.
    </para>

    <para>
      The administrator may create a user account with the
      <command>b10-cmdctl-usermgr</command> tool.
    </para>
<!-- TODO: show example -->

<!-- TODO: does cmdctl need to be restarted to change cert or key
or accounts database -->

    <para>
      By default the HTTPS server listens on the localhost port 8080.
      The port can be set by using the <option>--port</option> command line option.
      The address to listen on can be set using the <option>--address</option> command
      line argument.
      Each HTTPS connection is stateless and times out in 1200 seconds
      by default.  This can be
      redefined by using the <option>--idle-timeout</option> command line argument.
    </para>

    <section id="cmdctl.spec">
      <title>Configuration specification for b10-cmdctl</title>
      <para>
        The configuration items for <command>b10-cmdctl</command> are:
        <varname>accounts_file</varname> which defines the path to the
        user accounts database (the default is
        <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-accounts.csv</filename>);
        <varname>cert_file</varname> which defines the path to the
        PEM certificate file (the default is
        <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-certfile.pem</filename>);
        and
	<varname>key_file</varname> which defines the path to the
	PEM private key file (the default is
        <filename>/usr/local/etc/bind10/cmdctl-keyfile.pem</filename>).
      </para>

    </section>

<!--
TODO
(12:21:30) jinmei: I'd like to have sample session using a command line www client such as wget
-->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="bindctl">
    <title>Control and configure user interface</title>

    <note><para>
      <command>bindctl</command> has an internal command history, as
      well as tab-completion for most of the commands and arguments.
      However, these are only enabled if the python readline module
      is available on the system. If not, neither of these
      features will be supported.
    </para></note>

    <para>
      The <command>bindctl</command> tool provides an interactive
      prompt for configuring, controlling, and querying the Kea
      components.
      It communicates directly with a REST-ful interface over HTTPS
      provided by <command>b10-cmdctl</command>. It doesn't
      communicate to any other components directly.
    </para>

    <section id="bindctl_commandline_options">
        <title>bindctl command-line options</title>
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>-a <replaceable>&lt;address&gt;</replaceable>, --address=<replaceable>&lt;address&gt;</replaceable></term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  IP address that BIND 10's <command>b10-cmdctl</command>
                  module is listening on. By default, this is 127.0.0.1.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>-c <replaceable>&lt;certificate file&gt;</replaceable>, --certificate-chain=<replaceable>&lt;certificate file&gt;</replaceable></term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  PEM-formatted server certificate file. When this option is
                  given, <command>bindctl</command> will verify the server
                  certificate using the given file as the root of the
                  certificate chain. If not specified, <command>bindctl
                  </command> does not validate the certificate.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>--csv-file-dir=<replaceable>&lt;csv file&gt;</replaceable></term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  <command>bindctl</command> stores the username and
                  password for logging in in a file called
                  <filename>default_user.csv</filename>;
                  this option specifies the directory where this file is
                  stored and read from. When not specified,
                  <filename>~/.bind10/</filename> is used.
                  <note>Currently, this file contains an unencrypted password.</note>
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>-h, --help</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Shows a short overview of the command-line options of
                  <command>bindctl</command>, and exits.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>--version</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Shows the version of <command>bindctl</command>, and exits.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>-p <replaceable>&lt;port number&gt;</replaceable>, --port=<replaceable>&lt;port number&gt;</replaceable></term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Port number that BIND 10's <command>b10-cmdctl</command>
                  module is listening on. By default, this is port 8080.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section id="bindctl_general_syntax">
        <title>General syntax of bindctl commands</title>
        The <command>bindctl</command> tool is an interactive
        command-line tool, with dynamic commands depending on the
        BIND 10 modules that are running. There are a number of
        fixed commands that have no module and that are always
        available.

        The general syntax of a command is

        <screen><userinput>&lt;module&gt; &lt;command&gt; <replaceable>[argument(s)]</replaceable></userinput></screen>

        For example, the Init module has a 'shutdown' command to shut down
        BIND 10, with an optional argument 'help':

        <screen>&gt; <userinput>Init shutdown help</userinput>
Command  shutdown 	(Shut down BIND 10 and Kea)
		help (Get help for command)
This command has no parameters
        </screen>
        There are no mandatory arguments, only the optional 'help'.
    </section>

    <section id="bindctl_help">
        <title>Bindctl help</title>
        <command>help</command> is both a command and an option that is available to all other commands. When run as a command directly, it shows the available modules.
        <screen>&gt; <userinput>help</userinput>
usage: &lt;module name&gt; &lt;command name&gt; [param1 = value1 [, param2 = value2]]
Type Tab character to get the hint of module/command/parameters.
Type "help(? h)" for help on bindctl.
Type "&lt;module_name&gt; help" for help on the specific module.
Type "&lt;module_name&gt; &lt;command_name&gt; help" for help on the specific command.

Available module names:
<emphasis>(list of modules)</emphasis>
        </screen>

        When 'help' is used as a command to a module, it shows the supported commands for the module; for example:
        <screen>&gt; <userinput>Init help</userinput>
Module  Init 	Master process
Available commands:
    help        Get help for module.
    shutdown    Shut down BIND10 and Kea
    ping        Ping the Init process
    show_processes
            List the running BIND10 and Kea processes
        </screen>

    And when added to a module command, it shows the description and parameters of that specific command; for example:
    <screen>&gt; <userinput>DhcpDdns shutdown help</userinput>
Command  shutdown 	(Shuts down b10-dhcp-ddns module server.)
		help (Get help for command)
Parameters:
    type (string, optional)
        values: normal (default), now, or drain_first
    </screen>

    </section>

    <section id="bindctl_command_arguments">
        <title>Command arguments</title>
        <simpara>
            Commands can have arguments, which can be either optional or
            mandatory. They can be specified by name
            (e.g. <command><replaceable>&lt;command&gt;</replaceable> <replaceable>&lt;argument name&gt;=&lt;argument value&gt;</replaceable></command>), or positionally,
            (e.g. <command><replaceable>&lt;command&gt;</replaceable> <replaceable>&lt;argument value 1&gt;</replaceable> <replaceable>&lt;argument value 2&gt;</replaceable></command>).
        </simpara>
        <simpara>
            <command><replaceable>&lt;command&gt;</replaceable> <replaceable>help</replaceable></command>
            shows the arguments a command supports and which of those are
            mandatory, and in which order the arguments are expected if
            positional arguments are used.
        </simpara>
        <simpara>
            For example, the <command>shutdown</command> command of the DhcpDdns
            module, as shown in the last example of the previous section, has
            one optional argument which is appended right after the command:
            <screen>&gt; <userinput>DhcpDdns shutdown now</userinput></screen>
            But since the class is optional (defaulting to normal), leaving it out
            works as well:
            <screen>&gt; <userinput>DhcpDdns shutdown</userinput></screen>
        </simpara>
        <simpara>
            The arguments can also be provided with their names:
            <screen>&gt; <userinput>DhcpDdns shutdown type="now"</userinput></screen>
        </simpara>
    </section>

    <section id="bindctl_module_commands">
        <title>Module commands</title>
        Each module has its own set of commands (if any), which will only be
        available if the module is running.
    </section>

    <section>
        <title>Configuration commands</title>
        Configuration commands are used to view and change the configuration
        of BIND 10 and its modules. Module configuration is only shown if
        that module is running, but similar to commands, there are a number
        of top-level configuration items that are always available (for
        instance <varname>tsig_keys</varname> and
        <varname>data_sources</varname>).

        Configuration changes (set, unset, add and remove) are done locally
        first, and have no immediate effect. The changes can be viewed with
        <command>config diff</command>, and either reverted
        (<command>config revert</command>), or committed
        (<command>config commit</command>).
        In the latter case, all local changes are submitted
        to the configuration manager, which verifies them, and if they are
        accepted, applied and saved in persistent storage.

        When identifying items in configuration commands, the format is
        <screen><userinput>Module/example/item</userinput></screen>
        Sub-elements of names, lists and sets (see <xref linkend=
        "bindctl_configuration_data_types"/>) are separated with the '/'
        character, and list indices are identified with [<replaceable>&lt;index&gt;</replaceable>]; for example:

        <screen><userinput>Module/example/list[2]/foo</userinput></screen>

        <section id="bindctl_configuration_command_list">
        <title>List of configuration commands</title>
        The following configuration commands are available:
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>show [all] [item name]</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                Shows the current configuration of the given item. If 'all'
                is given, it will recurse through the entire set, and show
                every nested value.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>show_json [item name]</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                Shows the full configuration of the given item in JSON format.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>add &lt;item name&gt; [value]</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                Add an entry to configuration list or a named set (see <xref
                linkend="bindctl_configuration_data_types"/>).
                When adding to a list, the command has one optional
                argument, a value to add to the list. The value must
                be in correct JSON and complete. When adding to a
                named set, it has one mandatory parameter (the name to
                add), and an optional parameter value, similar to when
                adding to a list. In either case, when no value is
                given, an entry will be constructed with default
                values.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>remove</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                Remove an item from a configuration list or a named set.
                When removing an item for a list, either the index needs to
                be specified, or the complete value of the element to remove
                must be specified (in JSON format).
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>set &lt;item name&gt; &lt;value&gt;</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Directly set the value of the given item to the given value.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>unset &lt;item name&gt;</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Remove any user-specified value for the given item.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>diff</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Show all current local changes that have not been
                  committed yet.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>revert</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Revert all local changes without committing them.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>commit</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Send all local changes to the configuration manager, which
                  will validate them, and apply them if validation succeeds.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term>go</term>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
                  Go to a specific configuration part, similar to the 'cd'
                  command in a shell.
                  <note>There are a number of problems with the current
                  implementation of go within <command>bindctl</command>,
                  and we recommend not using it for general cases.</note>
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </section>

      <section id="bindctl_configuration_data_types">
        <title>Configuration data types</title>
        Configuration data can be of different types, which can be modified
        in ways that depend on the types. There are a few syntax
        restrictions on these types, but only basic ones. Modules may impose
        additional restrictions on the values of elements.
        <variablelist>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>integer</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        A basic integer; can be set directly with
                        <command>config set</command>, to any integer
                        value. The value must not be quoted, or else, it
                        will be parsed as a string.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>real</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        A basic floating point number; can be set
                        directly with <command>config set</command>, to
                        any floating point value. The value must not be
                        quoted, or else, it will be parsed as a string.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>boolean</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        A basic boolean value; can be set directly with
                        <command>config set</command>, to either
                        <command>true</command> or
                        <command>false</command>. The value must not be
                        quoted, or else, it will be parsed as a
                        string. Integer values are not allowed.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>string</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        A basic string value; can be set directly with
                        <command>config set</command> to any
                        string. Double quotation marks are optional.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>null</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        This is a special type representing 'no value at all'; usable in compound structures that have optional elements that are not set.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>

            <varlistentry>
                <term>maps</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        Maps are (pre-defined) compound collections of other
                        elements of any other type. They are not usually
                        modified directly, but their elements are. Every
                        top-level element for a module is a map containing
                        the configuration values for that map, which can
                        themselves be maps again.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Some map entries are optional. If they are, and
                        currently have a value, the value can be unset by
                        using either <command>config unset
                        <replaceable>&lt;item name&gt;</replaceable>
                        </command> or <command>config set
                        <replaceable>&lt;item name&gt;</replaceable>
                        null</command>.

                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Maps <emphasis>can</emphasis> be modified as a whole,
                        but using the full JSON representation of
                        the entire map to set.

                        Since this involves a lot of text, this is usually
                        not recommended.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Another example is the Logging virtual module, which
                        is, like any module, a map, but it only contains one
                        element: a list of loggers. Normally, an
                        administrator would only modify that list (or its
                        elements) directly, but it is possible to set the
                        entire map in one command; for example:
                        <command> config set Logging { "loggers": [] } </command>
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>

            <varlistentry>
                <term>list</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        A list is a compound list of other elements of the
                        same type. Elements can be added with <command>config
                        add <replaceable>&lt;list name&gt; [value]</replaceable></command>, and removed with
                        <command>config remove <replaceable>&lt;list name&gt; [value]</replaceable></command> or
                        <command>config remove <replaceable>&lt;list name&gt;</replaceable><replaceable>&lt;index&gt;</replaceable></command>.
                        The index is of the form <emphasis>square bracket, number,
                        square bracket</emphasis> (e.g.
                        <command>[0]</command>), and it immediately follows
                        the list name (there is no separator or space
                        between them). List indices start with 0 for the
                        first element.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        For addition, if the value is omitted, an entry with
                        default values will be added. For removal, either
                        the index or the full value (in JSON format) needs
                        to be specified.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Lists can also be used with
                        <command>config set</command>,
                        but like maps, only by specifying the
                        entire list value in JSON format.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        For example, this command shows the renew-timer used for the second element of the list <varname>subnet4</varname> in the Dhcp4 module:
                        <command>config show Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/renew-timer</command>
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>

            <varlistentry>
                <term>named set</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        Named sets are similar to lists, in that they are
                        sets of elements of the same type, but they are not
                        indexed by numbers, but by strings.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Values can be added with
                        <command>config add <replaceable>&lt;item name&gt; &lt;string&gt; [value]</replaceable></command>
                        where 'string' is the name of the element. If 'value'
                        is ommitted, default values will be used. Elements
                        can be removed with <command>config remove
                        <replaceable>&lt;item
                        name&gt; &lt;string&gt;</replaceable></command>
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        Elements in a named set can be addressed similarly
                        to maps.
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        For example, the <command>Init/components</command>
                        elements is a named set;
                        adding, showing, and then removing an element
                        can be done with the following three commands (note
                        the '/'-character versus the space before
                        'example_module'):
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        <command>config add Init/components example_module</command>
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        <command>config show Init/components/example_module</command>
                    </simpara>
                    <simpara>
                        <command>config remove Init/components example_module</command>
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
            <varlistentry>
                <term>any</term>
                <listitem>
                    <simpara>
                        The 'any' type is a special type that can have any
                        form. Apart from that, it must consist of elements as
                        described in this chapter, there is no restriction
                        on which element types are used. This type is used
                        in places where different data formats could be
                        used. Element modification commands depend on the
                        actual type of the value. For instance, if the value
                        of an 'any' element is a list, <command>config add
                        </command> and <command>config remove</command> work
                        as for other lists.
                    </simpara>
                </listitem>
            </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section>
        <title>The execute command</title>
        The <command>execute</command> command executes a set of commands,
        either from a file
        or from a pre-defined set. Currently, there are no pre-defined sets
        available.

        <screen>&gt; <userinput>execute file /tmp/example_commands</userinput></screen>

        The optional <command>show</command> argument may be used when
        executing a script from a file; for example:

        <screen>&gt; <userinput>execute file /tmp/example_commands show</userinput></screen>

        <section id="bindctl_execute_directives">
            <title>Execute directives</title>
            Within sets of commands to be run with the <command>execute</command>
            command, a number of directives are supported:
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry>
                <term>!echo <replaceable>&lt;string&gt;</replaceable></term>
                <listitem>
                  <simpara>
                      Prints the given string to <command>bindctl</command>'s
                      output.
                  </simpara>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry>
                <term>!verbose on</term>
                <listitem>
                  <simpara>
                      Enables verbose mode; all following commands that are to
                      be executed are also printed.
                  </simpara>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry>
                <term>!verbose off</term>
                <listitem>
                  <simpara>
                      Disables verbose mode; following commands that are to
                      be executed are no longer printed.
                  </simpara>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
        </section>

        <section id="bindctl_execute_notes">
            <title>Notes on execute scripts</title>
            Within scripts, you can add or remove modules with the normal
            configuration commands for <command>Init/components</command>.
            However, as module
            configuration and commands do not show up until the module is
            running, it is currently not possible to add a module and set
            its configuration in one script. This will be addressed in the
            future, but for now the only option is to add and configure
            modules in separate commands and execute scripts.
        </section>
    </section>
  </chapter>

  <chapter id="bind10.config">
    <title>bind10 Control and Configuration</title>

    <para>
      This chapter explains how to control and configure the
      <command>b10-init</command> parent.
      The startup of this resident process that runs the BIND 10
      daemons is covered in <xref linkend="bind10"/>.
    </para>

    <section id="bind10.shutdown">
      <title>Stopping bind10</title>
      <para>
        The BIND 10 suite may be shut down by stopping the
        parent <command>b10-init</command> process. This may be done
        by running the <userinput>Init shutdown</userinput> command
        at the <command>bindctl</command> prompt.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="kea.components">
      <title>Configuration to start processes</title>

      <para>
	The processes to be used can be configured for
	<command>b10-init</command> to start, with the exception
	of the required <command>b10-sockcreator</command>,
	<command>b10-msgq</command> and <command>b10-cfgmgr</command>
	components.
	The configuration is in the <varname>Init/components</varname>
	section. Each element represents one component, which is
	an abstraction of a process.
      </para>

      <para>
	To add a process to the set, let's say the DHCPv6 server (which
	is not started by default), you would do this:
        <screen>&gt; <userinput>config add Init/components b10-dhcp6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp6/kind needed</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp6/priority 10</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen></para>

      <para>
	Now, what it means. We add an entry called
	<quote>b10-dhcp6</quote>. It is both a name used to
	reference this component in the configuration and the name
	of the process to start. Then we set some parameters on
	how to start it.
      </para>

      <para>
        The <varname>special</varname> (not used in the example above), was introduced
        to be used for the components which require some kind of special care
        during startup. One such component is the b10-cmdctl, which is always started
        by default. No other components use this setting and it should be left unset
        for them.
      </para>

      <para>
	The <varname>kind</varname> specifies how a failure of the
	component should be handled.  If it is set to
	<quote>dispensable</quote> (the default unless you set
	something else), it will get started again if it fails. If
	it is set to <quote>needed</quote> and it fails at startup,
	the whole <command>b10-init</command> shuts down and exits
	with an error exit code. But if it fails some time later, it
	is just started again. If you set it to <quote>core</quote>,
	you indicate that the system is not usable without the
	component and if such component fails, the system shuts
	down no matter when the failure happened.  This is the
	behavior of the core components (the ones you can't turn
	off), but you can declare any other components as core as
	well if you wish (but you can turn these off, they just
	can't fail).
      </para>

      <para>
	The <varname>priority</varname> defines order in which the
	components should start.  The ones with higher numbers are
	started sooner than the ones with lower ones. If you don't
	set it, 0 (zero) is used as the priority.  Usually, leaving
	it at the default is enough.
      </para>

      <para>
        There are other parameters we didn't use in our example.
        One of them is <varname>address</varname>. It is the address
        used by the component on the <command>b10-msgq</command>
        message bus. The special components already know their
        address, but the usual ones don't. The address is by
        convention the thing after <emphasis>b10-</emphasis>, with
        the first letter capitalized (eg. <command>b10-stats</command>
        would have <quote>Stats</quote> as its address).
<!-- TODO: this should be simplified so we don't even have to document it -->
      </para>

<!-- TODO: what does "The special components already know their
address, but the usual ones don't." mean? -->

<!-- TODO: document params when is enabled -->

      <para>
	The last one is <varname>process</varname>. It is the name
	of the process to be started.  It defaults to the name of
	the component if not set, but you can use this to override
	it. (The special components also already know their
        executable name.)
      </para>

      <!-- TODO Add parameters when they work, not implemented yet-->

      <note>
        <para>
          The configuration is quite powerful, but that includes
          a lot of space for mistakes. You could turn off the
          <command>b10-cmdctl</command>, but then you couldn't
          change it back the usual way, as it would require it to
          be running (you would have to find and edit the configuration
          directly).
        </para>
        <para>
          In short, you should think twice before disabling something here.
        </para>
      </note>
      <para>
        The running processes started by <command>b10-init</command>
        may be listed by running <userinput>Init show_processes</userinput>
        using <command>bindctl</command>.
      </para>

    </section>
  </chapter>

  <chapter id="dhcp">
  <title>DHCP</title>
     <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv4 (DHCP or
    DHCPv4) and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)
    are protocols that allow one node (server) to provision
    configuration parameters to many hosts and devices (clients). To
    ease deployment in larger networks, additional nodes (relays) may
    be deployed that facilitate communication between servers and
    clients. Even though principles of both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 are
    somewhat similar, these are two radically different
    protocols. Kea offers two server implementations, one for DHCPv4
    and one for DHCPv6. The DHCPv4 component is colloquially referred to
    as Kea4 and its DHCPv6 counterpart is called Kea6.</para>
    <para> In addition to providing lease management services, both Kea4 and
    Kea6 can provide dynamic DNS (DDNS) updates driven by the lease changes they
    make.   These updates are carried out with the assistance of the
    DHCP-DDNS server, colloquially referred to as D2.    When configured
    to do so,  Kea servers will notify D2 of  lease changes.  D2 will match
    them to the appropriate DNS servers and instruct those severs to add or
    delete the requisite DNS entries.
    </para>
    <para>This chapter covers those parts of Kea that are common to
    both servers.  DHCPv4-specific details are covered in <xref linkend="dhcp4"/>,
    while those details specific to DHCPv6 are described in <xref linkend="dhcp6"/>.
    The DHCP-DDNS server details are covered in <xref linkend="dhcp-ddns-server"/>
    </para>

    <section id="dhcp-install-configure">
      <title>DHCP Database Installation and Configuration</title>
      <para>
        Kea stores its leases in a lease database.  The software has been written in
        a way that makes it possible to choose which database product should be used to
        store the lease information.  At present, Kea supports 3 database backends: MySQL,
        PostgreSQL and Memfile. To limit external dependencies, both MySQL and PostgreSQL
        support are disabled by default and only Memfile (which is implemented in pure C++)
        is available. Support for a given database backend must be explicitly included when
        Kea is built.  This section covers the building of Kea with MySQL and/or PostgreSQL
        and the creation of the lease database.
      </para>
      <section>
        <title>Building with MySQL support</title>
        <para>
          Install MySQL according to the instructions for your system.  The client development
          libraries must be installed.
        </para>
        <para>
          Build and install Kea as described in <xref linkend="installation"/>, with
          the following modification: to enable the MySQL database code, at the
          "configure" step (see <xref linkend="configure"/>), specify the location of the
          MySQL configuration program "mysql_config" with the "--with-dhcp-mysql" switch,
          i.e.
          <screen><userinput>./configure [other-options] --with-dhcp-mysql</userinput></screen>
          ...if MySQL was installed in the default location, or:
          <screen><userinput>./configure [other-options] --with-dhcp-mysql=<replaceable>path-to-mysql_config</replaceable></userinput></screen>
          ...if not.
        </para>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcp-mysql-database-create">
        <title>Create MySQL Database and Kea User</title>
        <para>
          The next task is to create both the lease database and the user under which the servers will
          access it. A number of steps are required:
        </para>
        <para>
          1. Log into MySQL as "root":
          <screen>$ <userinput>mysql -u root -p</userinput>
Enter password:<userinput/>
   :<userinput/>
mysql></screen>
        </para>
        <para>
          2. Create the database:
          <screen>mysql> <userinput>CREATE DATABASE <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>;</userinput></screen>
          ... <replaceable>database-name</replaceable> is the name you have chosen for the database.
        </para>
         <para>
          3. Create the database tables:
          <screen>mysql> <userinput>CONNECT <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>;</userinput>
mysql> <userinput>SOURCE <replaceable>path-to-bind10</replaceable>/share/bind10/dhcpdb_create.mysql</userinput></screen>
        </para>
         <para>
          4. Create the user under which BIND 10 will access the database (and give it a password), then grant it access to the database tables:
          <screen>mysql> <userinput>CREATE USER '<replaceable>user-name</replaceable>'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY '<replaceable>password</replaceable>';</userinput>
mysql> <userinput>GRANT ALL ON <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>.* TO '<replaceable>user-name</replaceable>'@'localhost';</userinput></screen>
        </para>
        <para>
          5. Exit MySQL:
          <screen>mysql> <userinput>quit</userinput>
Bye<userinput/>
$</screen>
       </para>
     </section>


      <section>
        <title>Building with PostgreSQL support</title>
        <para>
          Install PostgreSQL according to the instructions for your system.  The client development
          libraries must be installed. Client development libraries are often packaged as &quot;libpq&quot;.
        </para>
        <para>
          Build and install Kea as described in <xref linkend="installation"/>, with
          the following modification: to enable the PostgreSQL database code, at the
          "configure" step (see <xref linkend="configure"/>), specify the location of the
          PostgreSQL configuration program "pg_config" with the "--with-dhcp-pgsql" switch,
          i.e.
          <screen><userinput>./configure [other-options] --with-dhcp-pgsql</userinput></screen>
          ...if PostgreSQL was installed in the default location, or:
          <screen><userinput>./configure [other-options] --with-dhcp-pgsql=<replaceable>path-to-pg_config</replaceable></userinput></screen>
          ...if not.
        </para>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcp-pgsql-database-create">
        <title>Create PostgreSQL Database and Kea User</title>
        <para>
          The next task is to create both the lease database and the user under which the servers will
          access it. A number of steps are required:
        </para>
        <para>
          1. Log into PostgreSQL as "root":
          <screen>$ <userinput>sudo -u postgres psql postgres</userinput>
Enter password:<userinput/>
   :<userinput/>
postgres=#</screen>
        </para>
        <para>
          2. Create the database:
<screen>
postgres=#<userinput> CREATE DATABASE <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>;</userinput>
CREATE DATABASE
postgres=#
</screen>
          ... <replaceable>database-name</replaceable> is the name you have chosen for the database.
        </para>
         <para>
          3. Create the user under which Kea will access the database (and give it a password), then grant it access to the database:
<screen>postgres=#<userinput> CREATE USER <replaceable>user-name</replaceable> WITH PASSWORD '<replaceable>password</replaceable>';</userinput>
CREATE ROLE
postgres=#
postgres=#<userinput> GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON DATABASE <replaceable>database-name</replaceable> TO <replaceable>user-name</replaceable>;</userinput>
GRANT
postgres=#
</screen>
        </para>
         <para>
          4. Exit PostgreSQL:
          <screen>postgres=# <userinput>\q</userinput>
Bye<userinput/>
$</screen>
       </para>
       <para>
        5. Create the database tables using the new user's credentials.
        After entering the following command, you will be prompted for the new
        user's password. When the command completes you will be returned to
        the shell prompt. You should see output similar to following:
<screen>$ <userinput>psql -d <replaceable>database-name</replaceable> -U <replaceable>user-name</replaceable> -f <replaceable>path-to-bind10</replaceable>/share/bind10/dhcpdb_create.pgsql</userinput>
Password for user <replaceable>user-name</replaceable>:
CREATE TABLE
CREATE INDEX
CREATE INDEX
CREATE TABLE
CREATE INDEX
CREATE TABLE
START TRANSACTION
INSERT 0 1
INSERT 0 1
INSERT 0 1
COMMIT
CREATE TABLE
START TRANSACTION
INSERT 0 1
COMMIT
$
</screen>
  </para>
  <para>
  If instead you encounter an error such as shown below:
  </para>
<screen>
psql: FATAL:  no pg_hba.conf entry for host "[local]", user "<replaceable>user-name</replaceable>", database "<replaceable>database-name</replaceable>", SSL off
</screen>
  <para>
  This indicates that the PostgreSQL configuration needs to be modified.
  Kea uses password authentication when connecting to the database and must
  have the appropriate entries added to PostgreSQL's pg_hba.conf file.  This
  file is normally located in the primary data directory for your PostgreSQL
  server. The precise path may vary but the default location for PostgreSQL 9.3
  on Centos 6.5 is:
  <filename>/var/lib/pgsql/9.3/data/pg_hba.conf</filename>.
  Assuming Kea is running on the same host as PostgreSQL, adding lines similar
  to following should be sufficient to provide password-authenticated access to
  Kea's database:
  </para>
<screen>
local   <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>    <replaceable>user-name</replaceable>                                 password
host    <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>    <replaceable>user-name</replaceable>          127.0.0.1/32           password
host    <replaceable>database-name</replaceable>    <replaceable>user-name</replaceable>          ::1/128                password
</screen>
  <para>
  Please consult your PostgreSQL user manual before making these changes as they
  may expose your other databases that you run on the same system.
  </para>
      </section>
   </section>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="dhcp4">
    <title>The DHCPv4 Server</title>

    <section id="dhcp4-start-stop">
      <title>Starting and Stopping the DHCPv4 Server</title>

      <para>
        <command>b10-dhcp4</command> is the Kea DHCPv4 server and is configured
        through the <command>bindctl</command> program.
      </para>
      <para>
        After starting <command>bind10</command> and entering bindctl, the first step
        in configuring the server is to add it to the list of running services.
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Init/components b10-dhcp4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp4/kind dispensable</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
         To remove <command>b10-dhcp4</command> from the set of running services,
         the <command>b10-dhcp4</command> is removed from list of Init components:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config remove Init/components b10-dhcp4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
        Note that the server was only removed from the list, so BIND10 will not
        restart it, but the server itself is still running. Hence it is usually
        desired to stop it:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>Dhcp4 shutdown</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        On start-up, the server will detect available network interfaces
        and will attempt to open UDP sockets on all interfaces that
        are up, running, are not loopback, and have IPv4 address
        assigned.

        The server will then listen to incoming traffic. Currently
        supported client messages are DISCOVER and REQUEST. The server
        will respond to them with OFFER and ACK, respectively.

        Since the DHCPv4 server opens privileged ports, it requires root
        access. Make sure you run this daemon as root.
      </para>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-configuration">
      <title>Configuring the DHCPv4 Server</title>
      <para>
        Once the server is started, it can be configured. To view the
        current configuration, use the following command in <command>bindctl</command>:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4</userinput></screen>
        When starting the DHCPv4 daemon for the first time, the default configuration
        will be available. It will look similar to this:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4</userinput>
Dhcp4/hooks-libraries	[]	list	(default)
Dhcp4/interfaces/	list
Dhcp4/renew-timer	1800	integer
Dhcp4/rebind-timer	2000	integer	(default)
Dhcp4/valid-lifetime	4000	integer	(default)
Dhcp4/next-server	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/echo-client-id	true	boolean	(default)
Dhcp4/option-def	[]	list	(default)
Dhcp4/option-data	[]	list	(default)
Dhcp4/lease-database/type	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/lease-database/name	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/lease-database/user	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/lease-database/host	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/lease-database/password	""	string	(default)
Dhcp4/subnet4/	list
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates	true	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-ip	"127.0.0.1"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-port	53001	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/sender-ip	""	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/sender-port	0	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/max-queue-size	1024	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/ncr-protocol	"UDP"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/ncr-format	"JSON"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix	"myhost"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/qualifying-suffix	"example.com"	string
</screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        To change one of the parameters, simply follow
        the usual <command>bindctl</command> procedure. For example, to make the
        leases longer, change their valid-lifetime parameter:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/valid-lifetime 7200</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Please note that most Dhcp4 parameters are of global scope
        and apply to all defined subnets, unless they are overridden on a
        per-subnet basis.
      </para>

      <section>
      <title>Default storage for leases</title>
      <para>
        The server is able to store lease data in different repositories. Larger deployments
        may elect to store leases in a database.
        <xref linkend="database-configuration4"/> describes one way to do it.
        By default, the server will use a CSV file rather than a database to store
        lease information. One of the advantages of using a file is that it eliminates
        dependency on third party database software.
      </para>
      <para>
        The configuration of the file backend (Memfile)
        is controlled through the Dhcp4/lease-database parameters. When default
        parameters are used, the Memfile backend will write leases to a disk in the
        [bind10-install-dir]/var/bind10/kea-leases4.csv.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is possible to alter the default location of the lease file. The following
        configuration:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/type "memfile"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/persist true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/name "/tmp/kea-leases4.csv"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        will change the default location of the lease file to /tmp/kea-leases4.csv.
      </para>
      <para>
        The "persist" parameter controls whether the leases are written to disk.
        It is strongly recommended that this parameter is set to "true" at all times
        during the normal operation of the server
      </para>
      </section>

      <section id="database-configuration4">
      <title>Database Configuration</title>
      <para>
      All leases issued by the server are stored in the lease database.  Currently
      there are 3 database backends available: MySQL, PostgreSQL and memfile.
      <footnote>
      <para>
      The server comes with an in-memory database ("memfile") configured as the default
      database. This is used for internal testing and is not supported.  In addition,
      it does not store lease information on disk: lease information will be lost if the
      server is restarted.
      </para>
      </footnote>, and so the server must be configured to
      access the correct database with the appropriate credentials.
      </para>
        <note>
            <para>
            Database access information must be configured for the DHCPv4 server, even if
            it has already been configured for the DHCPv6 server.  The servers store their
            information independently, so each server can use a separate
            database or both servers can use the same database.
            </para>
        </note>
      <para>
      Database configuration is controlled through the Dhcp4/lease-database parameters.
      The type of the database must be set to "mysql", "postgresql" or "memfile":
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/type "mysql"</userinput>
</screen>
      Next, the name of the database is to hold the leases must be set: this is the
      name used when the lease database was created (see <xref linkend="dhcp-mysql-database-create"/>
      or <xref linkend="dhcp-pgsql-database-create"/>).
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/name "<replaceable>database-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      If the database is located on a different system to the DHCPv4 server, the
      database host name must also be specified (although note that this configuration
      may have a severe impact on server performance):
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/host "<replaceable>remote-host-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      The usual state of affairs will be to have the database on the same machine as the
      DHCPv4 server.  In this case, set the value to the empty string (this is the default):
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/host ""</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      Finally, the credentials of the account under which the server will access the database
      should be set:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/user "<replaceable>user-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/password "<replaceable>password</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      If there is no password to the account, set the password to the empty string "". (This is also the default.)
      </para>
      <note>
      <para>The password is echoed when entered and is stored in clear text in the configuration
      database.  Improved password security will be added in a future version of Kea.</para>
      </note>
      </section>

      <section id="dhcp4-interface-selection">
      <title>Interface selection</title>
      <para>
        When DHCPv4 server starts up, by default it will listen to the DHCP
        traffic and respond to it on all interfaces detected during startup.
        However, in many cases it is desired to configure the server to listen and
        respond on selected interfaces only. The sample commands in this section
        show how to make interface selection using bindctl.
      </para>
      <para>
        The default configuration can be presented with the following command:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[0] "*" string</userinput></screen>
        An asterisk sign plays a role of the wildcard and means "listen on all interfaces".
      </para>
      <para>
        In order to override the default configuration, the existing entry can be replaced
        with the actual interface name:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/interfaces[0] eth1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Other interface names can be added on one-by-one basis:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/interfaces eth2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Configuration will now contain two interfaces which can be presented as follows:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[0]	"eth1"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[1]	"eth2"	string</userinput></screen>
        When configuration gets committed, the server will start to listen on
        eth1 and eth2 interfaces only.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is possible to use wildcard interface name (asterisk) concurrently with explicit
        interface names:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/interfaces *</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        This will result in the following configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[0]	"eth1"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[1]	"eth2"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp4/interfaces[2]	"*"	string</userinput></screen>
        The presence of the wildcard name implies that server will listen on all interfaces.
        In order to fall back to the previous configuration when server listens on eth1 and eth2:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config remove Dhcp4/interfaces[2]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
      </section>

      <section id="ipv4-subnet-id">
      <title>IPv4 Subnet Identifier</title>
      <para>
        Subnet identifier is a unique number associated with a particular subnet.
        In principle, it is used to associate clients' leases with respective subnets.
        When subnet identifier is not specified for a subnet being configured, it will
        be automatically assigned by the configuration mechanism. The identifiers
        are assigned from 1 and are monotonically increased for each subsequent
        subnet: 1, 2, 3 ....
      </para>
      <para>
       If there are multiple subnets configured with auto-generated identifiers and
       one of them is removed, the subnet identifiers may be renumbered. For example:
       if there are 4 subnets and 3rd is removed the last subnet will be assigned
       identifier that the 3rd subnet had before removal. As a result, the leases
       stored in the lease database for subnet 3 are now associated with the
       subnet 4, which may have unexpected consequences. In the future it is planned
       to implement the mechanism to preserve auto-generated subnet ids upon removal
       of one of the subnets. Currently, the only remedy for this issue is to
       manually specify the unique subnet identifier for each subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        The following configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/subnet "192.0.2.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/id 1024</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
        </screen>
        will assign the arbitrary subnet identifier to the newly configured subnet.
        This identifier will not change for this subnet until "id" parameter is
        removed or set to 0. The value of 0 forces auto-generation of subnet
        identifier.
      </para>
      </section>

      <section id="dhcp4-address-config">
      <title>Configuration of IPv4 Address Pools</title>
      <para>
        The essential role of DHCPv4 server is address assignment. The server
        has to be configured with at least one subnet and one pool of dynamic
        addresses to be managed. For example, assume that the server
        is connected to a network segment that uses the 192.0.2.0/24
        prefix. The Administrator of that network has decided that addresses from range
        192.0.2.10 to 192.0.2.20 are going to be managed by the Dhcp4
        server. Such a configuration can be achieved in the following way:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/subnet "192.0.2.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/pool [ "192.0.2.10 - 192.0.2.20" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Note that subnet is defined as a simple string, but the pool parameter
        is actually a list of pools: for this reason, the pool definition is
        enclosed in square brackets, even though only one range of addresses
        is specified.</para>
        <para>It is possible to define more than one pool in a
        subnet: continuing the previous example, further assume that
        192.0.2.64/26 should be also be managed by the server. It could be written as
        192.0.2.64 to 192.0.2.127. Alternatively, it can be expressed more simply as
        192.0.2.64/26. Both formats are supported by Dhcp4 and can be mixed in the pool list.
        For example, one could define the following pools:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/pool [ "192.0.2.10-192.0.2.20", "192.0.2.64/26" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        The number of pools is not limited, but for performance reasons it is recommended to
        use as few as possible. Space and tabulations in pool definitions are ignored, so
        spaces before and after hyphen are optional. They can be used to improve readability.
      </para>
      <para>
         The server may be configured to serve more than one subnet. To add a second subnet,
         use a command similar to the following:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/subnet "192.0.3.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/pool [ "192.0.3.0/24" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Arrays are counted from 0. subnet[0] refers to the subnet defined in the
        previous example.  The <command>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</command> command adds
        another (second) subnet. It can be referred to as
        <command>Dhcp4/subnet4[1]</command>. In this example, we allow server to
        dynamically assign all addresses available in the whole subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        When configuring a DHCPv4 server using prefix/length notation, please pay
        attention to the boundary values. When specifying that the server should use
        a given pool, it will be able to allocate also first (typically network
        address) and the last (typically broadcast address) address from that pool.
        In the aforementioned example of pool 192.0.3.0/24, both 192.0.3.0 and
        192.0.3.255 addresses may be assigned as well. This may be invalid in some
        network configurations. If you want to avoid this, please use the "min-max" notation.
      </para>
      </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-std-options">
      <title>Standard DHCPv4 options</title>
      <para>
        One of the major features of DHCPv4 server is to provide configuration
        options to clients. Although there are several options that require
        special behavior, most options are sent by the server only if the client
        explicitly requested them.  The following example shows how to
        configure DNS servers, which is one of the most frequently used
        options. Options specified in this way are considered global and apply
        to all configured subnets.

        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "domain-name-servers"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "192.0.3.1, 192.0.3.2"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
    <para>
      The first line creates new entry in option-data table. It
      contains information on all global options that the server is
      supposed to configure in all subnets. The second line specifies
      option name. For a complete list of currently supported names,
      see <xref linkend="dhcp4-std-options-list"/> below.
      The third line specifies option code, which must match one of the
      values from that list. Line 4 specifies option space, which must always
      be set to "dhcp4" as these are standard DHCPv4 options. For
      other option spaces, including custom option spaces, see <xref
      linkend="dhcp4-option-spaces"/>. The fifth line specifies the format in
      which the data will be entered: use of CSV (comma
      separated values) is recommended. The sixth line gives the actual value to
      be sent to clients. Data is specified as a normal text, with
      values separated by commas if more than one value is
      allowed.
    </para>

    <para>
      Options can also be configured as hexadecimal values. If csv-format is
      set to false, option data must be specified as a hex string. The
      following commands configure the domain-name-servers option for all
      subnets with the following addresses: 192.0.3.1 and 192.0.3.2.
      Note that csv-format is set to false.
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "domain-name-servers"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "C0 00 03 01 C0 00 03 02"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
        </screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        It is possible to override options on a per-subnet basis.  If
        clients connected to most of your subnets are expected to get the
        same values of a given option, you should use global options: you
        can then override specific values for a small number of subnets.
        On the other hand, if you use different values in each subnet,
        it does not make sense to specify global option values
        (Dhcp4/option-data), rather you should set only subnet-specific values
        (Dhcp4/subnet[X]/option-data[Y]).
      </para>
      <para>
        The following commands override the global
        DNS servers option for a particular subnet, setting a single DNS
        server with address 192.0.2.3.
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data[0]/name "domain-name-servers"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data[0]/code 6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/option-data[0]/data "192.0.2.3"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <note>
        <para>In a future version of Kea, it will not be necessary to specify
        the option code, space and csv-format fields as they will be set
        automatically.</para>
      </note>

      <para>
        The currently supported standard DHCPv4 options are
        listed in <xref linkend="dhcp4-std-options-list"/>
        and <xref linkend="dhcp4-std-options-list-part2"/>.
        The "Name" and "Code"
        are the values that should be used as a name in the option-data
        structures. "Type" designates the format of the data: the meanings of
        the various types is given in <xref linkend="dhcp-types"/>.
      </para>
      <para>
        Some options are designated as arrays, which means that more than one
        value is allowed in such an option. For example the option time-servers
        allows the specification of more than one IPv4 address, so allowing
        clients to obtain the the addresses of multiple NTP servers.
      </para>
      <!-- @todo: describe record types -->

      <para>
        The <xref linkend="dhcp4-custom-options"/> describes the configuration
        syntax to create custom option definitions (formats). It is generally not
        allowed to create custom definitions for standard options, even if the
        definition being created matches the actual option format defined in the
        RFCs. There is an exception from this rule for standard options for which
        Kea does not provide a definition yet. In order to use such options,
        a server administrator must create a definition as described in
        <xref linkend="dhcp4-custom-options"/> in the 'dhcp4' option space. This
        definition should match the option format described in the relevant
        RFC but configuration mechanism would allow any option format as it has
        no means to validate it at the moment.
      </para>

      <para>
        <table frame="all" id="dhcp4-std-options-list">
          <title>List of standard DHCPv4 options</title>
          <tgroup cols='4'>
          <colspec colname='name'/>
          <colspec colname='code'/>
          <colspec colname='type'/>
          <colspec colname='array'/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry>Name</entry>
              <entry>Code</entry>
              <entry>Type</entry>
              <entry>Array?</entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
<row><entry>subnet-mask</entry><entry>1</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>time-offset</entry><entry>2</entry><entry>int32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>routers</entry><entry>3</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>time-servers</entry><entry>4</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>name-servers</entry><entry>5</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>domain-name-servers</entry><entry>6</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>log-servers</entry><entry>7</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>cookie-servers</entry><entry>8</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>lpr-servers</entry><entry>9</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>impress-servers</entry><entry>10</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>resource-location-servers</entry><entry>11</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>host-name</entry><entry>12</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>boot-size</entry><entry>13</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>merit-dump</entry><entry>14</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>domain-name</entry><entry>15</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>swap-server</entry><entry>16</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>root-path</entry><entry>17</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>extensions-path</entry><entry>18</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>ip-forwarding</entry><entry>19</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>non-local-source-routing</entry><entry>20</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>policy-filter</entry><entry>21</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>max-dgram-reassembly</entry><entry>22</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>default-ip-ttl</entry><entry>23</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>path-mtu-aging-timeout</entry><entry>24</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>path-mtu-plateau-table</entry><entry>25</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>interface-mtu</entry><entry>26</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>all-subnets-local</entry><entry>27</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>broadcast-address</entry><entry>28</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>perform-mask-discovery</entry><entry>29</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>mask-supplier</entry><entry>30</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>router-discovery</entry><entry>31</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>router-solicitation-address</entry><entry>32</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>static-routes</entry><entry>33</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>trailer-encapsulation</entry><entry>34</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>arp-cache-timeout</entry><entry>35</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>ieee802-3-encapsulation</entry><entry>36</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>default-tcp-ttl</entry><entry>37</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>tcp-keepalive-internal</entry><entry>38</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>tcp-keepalive-garbage</entry><entry>39</entry><entry>boolean</entry><entry>false</entry></row>

          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      </para>

      <para>
        <table frame="all" id="dhcp4-std-options-list-part2">
          <title>List of standard DHCPv4 options (continued)</title>
          <tgroup cols='4'>
          <colspec colname='name'/>
          <colspec colname='code'/>
          <colspec colname='type'/>
          <colspec colname='array'/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry>Name</entry>
              <entry>Code</entry>
              <entry>Type</entry>
              <entry>Array?</entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>

<row><entry>nis-domain</entry><entry>40</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>nis-servers</entry><entry>41</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>ntp-servers</entry><entry>42</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>vendor-encapsulated-options</entry><entry>43</entry><entry>empty</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>netbios-name-servers</entry><entry>44</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>netbios-dd-server</entry><entry>45</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>netbios-node-type</entry><entry>46</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>netbios-scope</entry><entry>47</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>font-servers</entry><entry>48</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>x-display-manager</entry><entry>49</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-requested-address</entry><entry>50</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<!-- Lease time should not be configured by a user.
<row><entry>dhcp-lease-time</entry><entry>51</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
-->
<row><entry>dhcp-option-overload</entry><entry>52</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<!-- Message Type, Server Identifier and Parameter Request List should not be configured by a user.
<row><entry>dhcp-message-type</entry><entry>53</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-server-identifier</entry><entry>54</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-parameter-request-list</entry><entry>55</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
-->
<row><entry>dhcp-message</entry><entry>56</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-max-message-size</entry><entry>57</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<!-- Renewal and rebinding time should not be configured by a user.
<row><entry>dhcp-renewal-time</entry><entry>58</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-rebinding-time</entry><entry>59</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
-->
<row><entry>vendor-class-identifier</entry><entry>60</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<!-- Client identifier should not be configured by a user.
<row><entry>dhcp-client-identifier</entry><entry>61</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
-->
<row><entry>nwip-domain-name</entry><entry>62</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>nwip-suboptions</entry><entry>63</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>tftp-server-name</entry><entry>66</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>boot-file-name</entry><entry>67</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>user-class</entry><entry>77</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>81</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>dhcp-agent-options</entry><entry>82</entry><entry>empty</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>authenticate</entry><entry>90</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>client-last-transaction-time</entry><entry>91</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>associated-ip</entry><entry>92</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>subnet-selection</entry><entry>118</entry><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>domain-search</entry><entry>119</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>vivco-suboptions</entry><entry>124</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>vivso-suboptions</entry><entry>125</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>

      </para>
      <para>
        <table frame="all" id="dhcp-types">
          <title>List of standard DHCP option types</title>
          <tgroup cols='2'>
          <colspec colname='name'/>
          <colspec colname='meaning'/>
          <thead>
            <row><entry>Name</entry><entry>Meaning</entry></row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row><entry>binary</entry><entry>An arbitrary string of bytes, specified as a set of hexadecimal digits.</entry></row>
            <row><entry>boolean</entry><entry>Boolean value with allowed values true or false</entry></row>
            <row><entry>empty</entry><entry>No value, data is carried in suboptions</entry></row>
            <row><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>Fully qualified domain name (e.g. www.example.com)</entry></row>
            <row><entry>ipv4-address</entry><entry>IPv4 address in the usual dotted-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.1)</entry></row>
            <row><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>IPv6 address in the usual colon notation (e.g. 2001:db8::1)</entry></row>
            <row><entry>record</entry><entry>Structured data that may comprise any types (except "record" and "empty")</entry></row>
            <row><entry>string</entry><entry>Any text</entry></row>
            <row><entry>uint8</entry><entry>8 bit unsigned integer with allowed values 0 to 255</entry></row>
            <row><entry>uint16</entry><entry>16 bit unsinged integer with allowed values 0 to 65535</entry></row>
            <row><entry>uint32</entry><entry>32 bit unsigned integer with allowed values 0 to 4294967295</entry></row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
       </table>
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-custom-options">
      <title>Custom DHCPv4 options</title>
      <para>It is also possible to define options other than the standard ones.
      Assume that we want to define a new DHCPv4 option called "foo" which will have
      code 222 and will convey a single unsigned 32 bit integer value. We can define
      such an option by using the following commands:
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/code 222</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/type "uint32"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      The "false" value of the "array" parameter determines that the option
      does NOT comprise an array of "uint32" values but rather a single value.
      Two other parameters have been left blank: "record-types" and "encapsulate".
      The former specifies the comma separated list of option data fields if the
      option comprises a record of data fields. The "record-fields" value should
      be non-empty if the "type" is set to "record". Otherwise it must be left
      blank. The latter parameter specifies the name of the option space being
      encapsulated by the particular option. If the particular option does not
      encapsulate any option space it should be left blank.
      Note that the above set of comments define the format of the new option and do not
      set its values.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>
          In the current release the default values are not propagated to the
          parser when the new configuration is being set. Therefore, all
          parameters must be specified at all times, even if their values are
          left blank.
        </para>
      </note>

      <para>Once the new option format is defined, its value is set
      in the same way as for a standard option. For example the following
      commands set a global value that applies to all subnets.
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 222</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "12345"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <para>New options can take more complex forms than simple use of
      primitives (uint8, string, ipv4-address etc): it is possible to
      define an option comprising a number of existing primitives.
      </para>
      <para>Assume we want to define a new option that will consist of
      an IPv4 address, followed by unsigned 16 bit integer, followed by
      a boolean value, followed by a text string. Such an option could
      be defined in the following way:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/name "bar"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/code 223</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/type "record"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/record-types "ipv4-address, uint16, boolean, string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
</screen>
      The "type" is set to "record" to indicate that the option contains
      multiple values of different types.  These types are given as a comma-separated
      list in the "record-types" field and should be those listed in <xref linkend="dhcp-types"/>.
      </para>
      <para>
      The values of the option are set as follows:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "bar"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 223</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "192.0.2.100, 123, true, Hello World"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      "csv-format" is set "true" to indicate that the "data" field comprises a command-separated
      list of values.  The values in the "data" must correspond to the types set in
      the "record-types" field of the option definition.
     </para>
     <note>
       <para>
         It is recommended that boolean values are specified using "true" and "false"
         strings. This helps to prevent errors when typing multiple comma separated
         values, as it make it easier to identify the type of the value being typed,
         and compare it with the order of data fields. Nevertheless, it is possible
         to use integer values: "1" and "0", instead of "true" and "false"
         accordingly. If other integer value is specified, the configuration is
         rejected.
       </para>
     </note>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-vendor-opts">
      <title>DHCPv4 vendor specific options</title>
      <para>
      Currently there are three option spaces defined: dhcp4 (to
      be used in DHCPv4 daemon) and dhcp6 (for the DHCPv6 daemon); there
      is also vendor-encapsulated-options-space, which is empty by default, but options
      can be defined in it. Those options are called vendor-specific
      information options. The following examples show how to define
      an option "foo" with code 1 that consists of an IPv4 address, an
      unsigned 16 bit integer and a string. The "foo" option is conveyed
      in a vendor specific information option.
      </para>
      <para>
      The first step is to define the format of the option:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/space "vendor-encapsulated-options-space"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/type "record"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/record-types "ipv4-address, uint16, string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/encapsulates ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
     (Note that the option space is set to "vendor-encapsulated-options-space".)
     Once the option format is defined, the next step is to define actual values
     for that option:
     <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "vendor-encapsulated-options-space"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "192.0.2.3, 123, Hello World"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
    We also set up a dummy value for vendor-opts, the option that conveys our sub-option "foo".
    This is required else the option will not be included in messages sent to the client.
     <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/name "vendor-encapsulated-options"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/code 43</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/csv-format false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/data ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <note>
        <para>
          With this version of Kea, the "vendor-encapsulated-options" option
          must be specified in the configuration although it has no configurable
          parameters. If it is not specified, the server will assume that it is
          not configured and will not send it to a client. In the future there
          will be no need to include this option in the configuration.
        </para>
      </note>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-option-spaces">

      <title>Nested DHCPv4 options (custom option spaces)</title>
      <para>It is sometimes useful to define completely new option
      space. This is the case when user creates new option in the
      standard option space ("dhcp4 or "dhcp6") and wants this option
      to convey sub-options. Thanks to being in the separate space,
      sub-option codes will have a separate numbering scheme and may
      overlap with codes of standard options.
      </para>
      <para>Note that creation of a new option space when defining
      sub-options for a standard option is not required, because it is
      created by default if the standard option is meant to convey any
      sub-options (see <xref linkend="dhcp4-vendor-opts"/>).
      </para>
      <para>
      Assume that we want to have a DHCPv4 option called "container" with
      code 222 that conveys two sub-options with codes 1 and 2.
      First we need to define the new sub-options:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/name "subopt1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/type "ipv4-address"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>

&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/name "subopt2"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/code 2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/type "string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-def[1]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
    Note that we have defined the options to belong to a new option space
    (in this case, "isc").
    </para>
    <para>
    The next step is to define a regular DHCPv4 option with our desired
    code and specify that it should include options from the new option space:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>add Dhcp4/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/name "container"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/code 222</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/type "empty"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>set Dhcp4/option-def[2]/encapsulate "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>commit</userinput>
</screen>
    The name of the option space in which the sub-options are defined
    is set in the "encapsulate" field. The "type" field is set to "empty"
    to indicate that this option does not carry any data other than
    sub-options.
    </para>
    <para>
    Finally, we can set values for the new options:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/name "subopt1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[0]/data "192.0.2.3"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
<userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/name "subopt2"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/code 2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[1]/data "Hello world"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
<userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[2]/name "container"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[2]/space "dhcp4"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[2]/code 222</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[2]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/option-data[2]/data ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
    Even though the "container" option does not carry any data except
    sub-options, the "data" field must be explicitly set to an empty value.
    This is required because in the current version of BIND 10 DHCP, the
    default configuration values are not propagated to the configuration parsers:
    if the "data" is not set the parser will assume that this
    parameter is not specified and an error will be reported.
    </para>
    <para>Note that it is possible to create an option which carries some data
    in addition to the sub-options defined in the encapsulated option space.  For example,
    if the "container" option from the previous example was required to carry an uint16
    value as well as the sub-options, the "type" value would have to be set to "uint16" in
    the option definition. (Such an option would then have the following
    data structure: DHCP header, uint16 value, sub-options.) The value specified
    with the "data" parameter - which should be a valid integer enclosed in quotes,
    e.g. "123" - would then be assigned to the uint16 field in the "container" option.
    </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-client-classifier">
      <title>Client Classification in DHCPv4</title>
      <note>
      <para>
        DHCPv4 server has been extended to support limited client classification.
        Although the current capability is modest, it is expected to be expanded
        in the future. It is envisaged that the majority of client classification
        extensions will be using hooks extensions.
      </para>
      </note>
      <para>In certain cases it is useful to differentiate between different
      types of clients and treat them differently. The process of doing
      classification is conducted in two steps. The first step is to assess
      incoming packet and assign it to zero or more classes. This classification
      is currently simple, but is expected to grow in capability soon. Currently
      the server checks whether incoming packet has vendor class identifier
      option (60). If it has, content of that option is prepended with
      &quot;VENDOR_CLASS_&quot; then is interpreted as a class. For example,
      modern cable modems will send this option with value &quot;docsis3.0&quot;
      and as a result the packet will belong to class &quot;VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0&quot;.
      </para>

      <para>It is envisaged that the client classification will be used for changing
      behavior of almost any part of the DHCP message processing, including assigning
      leases from different pools, assigning different option (or different values of
      the same options) etc. For now, there are only two mechanisms that are taking
      advantage of client classification: specific processing for cable modems and
      subnet selection.</para>

      <para>
        For clients that belong to the VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0 class, the siaddr
        field is set to the value of next-server (if specified in a subnet). If
        there is boot-file-name option specified, its value is also set in the
        file field in the DHCPv4 packet. For eRouter1.0 class, the siaddr is
        always set to 0.0.0.0. That capability is expected to be moved to
        external hook library that will be dedicated to cable modems.
      </para>

      <para>
        Kea can be instructed to limit access to given subnets based on class information.
        This is particularly useful for cases where two types of devices share the
        same link and are expected to be served from two different subnets. The
        primary use case for such a scenario is cable networks. There are two
        classes of devices: cable modem itself, which should be handled a lease
        from subnet A and all other devices behind modems that should get a lease
        from subnet B. That segregation is essential to prevent overly curious
        users from playing with their cable modems. For details on how to set up
        class restrictions on subnets, see <xref linkend="dhcp4-subnet-class"/>.
      </para>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-subnet-class">
      <title>Limiting access to IPv4 subnet to certain classes</title>
      <para>
        In certain cases it beneficial to restrict access to certain subnets
        only to clients that belong to a given subnet. For details on client
        classes, see <xref linkend="dhcp4-client-classifier"/>. This is an
        extension of a previous example from <xref linkend="dhcp4-address-config"/>.
        Let's assume that the server is connected to a network segment that uses
        the 192.0.2.0/24 prefix. The Administrator of that network has decided
        that addresses from range 192.0.2.10 to 192.0.2.20 are going to be
        managed by the Dhcp4 server. Only clients belonging to client class
        VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0 are allowed to use this subnet. Such a
        configuration can be achieved in the following way:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/subnet "192.0.2.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/pool [ "192.0.2.10 - 192.0.2.20" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/client-class "VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        Care should be taken with client classification as it is easy to prevent
        clients that do not meet class criteria to be denied any service altogether.
      </para>
    </section>
    <section id="dhcp4-ddns-config">
      <title>Configuring DHCPv4 for DDNS</title>
      <para>
      As mentioned earlier, b10-dhcp4 can be configured to generate requests to the
      DHCP-DDNS server to update DNS entries.  These requests are known as
      NameChangeRequests or NCRs.  Each NCR contains the following information:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      Whether it is a request to add (update) or remove DNS entries
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      Whether the change requests forward DNS updates (A records), reverse
      DNS updates (PTR records), or both.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      The FQDN, lease address, and DHCID
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      The parameters for controlling the generation of NCRs for submission to D2
      are contained in the "dhcp-ddns" section of the b10-dhcp4 server
      configuration. The default values for this section appears as follows:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns</userinput>
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates	true	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-ip	"127.0.0.1"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-port	53001	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/sender-ip	""	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/sender-port	0	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/max-queue-size	1024	integer
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/ncr-protocol	"UDP"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/ncr-format	"JSON"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name	false	boolean
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix	"myhost"	string
Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/qualifying-suffix	"example.com"	string
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      The "enable-updates" parameter determines whether or not b10-dhcp4 will
      generate NCRs.  By default, this value is false hence DDNS updates are
      disabled.  To enable DDNS updates set this value to true:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <section id="dhcpv4-d2-io-config">
      <title>DHCP-DDNS Server Connectivity</title>
      <para>
      In order for NCRs to reach the D2 server, b10-dhcp4 must be able
      to communicate with it.  b10-dhcp4 uses the following configuration
      parameters to control how it communications with D2:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      server-ip - IP address on which D2 listens for requests. The default is
      the local loopback interface at address 127.0.0.1. You may specify
      either an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      server-port - port on which D2 listens for requests.  The default value
      is 53001.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      sender-ip - IP address which b10-dhcp4 should use to send requests to D2.
      The default value is blank which instructs b10-dhcp4 to select a suitable
      address.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      sender-port - port which b10-dhcp4 should use to send requests to D2. The
      default value of 0 instructs b10-dhcp4 to select suitable port.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      ncr-format - Socket protocol use when sending requests to D2.  Currently
      only UDP is supported.  TCP may be available in an upcoming release.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      ncr-protocol - Packet format to use when sending requests to D2.
      Currently only JSON format is supported.  Other formats may be available
      in future releases.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      max-queue-size - maximum number of requests allowed to queue waiting to
      be sent to D2. This value guards against requests accumulating
      uncontrollably if they are being generated faster than they can be
      delivered.  If the number of requests queued for transmission reaches
      this value, DDNS updating will be turned off until the queue backlog has
      been sufficiently reduced.  The intent is allow the b10-dhcp4 server to
      continue lease operations.  The default value is 1024.
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      By default, D2 is assumed to running on the same machine as b10-dhcp4, and
      all of the default values mentioned above should be sufficient.
      If, however, D2 has been configured to listen on a different address or
      port, these values must altered accordingly. For example, if D2 has been
      configured to listen on 198.162.1.10 port 900, the following commands
      would be required:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-ip "198.162.1.10"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/server-port 900</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcpv4-d2-rules-config">
      <title>When does the b10-dhcp4 server generate DDNS requests?</title>
      b10-dhcp4 follows the behavior prescribed for DHCP servers in RFC 4702.
      It is important to keep in mind that b10-dhcp4 provides the initial decision
      making of when and what to update and forwards that information to D2 in
      the form of NCRs. Carrying out the actual DNS updates and dealing with
      such things as conflict resolution are the purview of D2 (<xref linkend="dhcp-ddns-server"/>).
      <para>
      This section describes when b10-dhcp4 will generate NCRs and the
      configuration parameters that can be used to influence this decision.
      It assumes that the "enable-updates" parameter is true.
      </para>
      <para>
      In general, b10-dhcp4 will generate DDNS update requests when:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      A new lease is granted in response to a DHCP REQUEST
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      An existing lease is renewed but the FQDN associated with it has
      changed.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      An existing lease is released in response to a DHCP RELEASE
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      In the second case, lease renewal, two  DDNS requests will be issued: one
      request to remove entries for the previous FQDN and a second request to
      add entries for the new FQDN.  In the last case, a lease release, a
      single DDNS request to remove its entries will be made.  The decision
      making involved when granting a new lease (the first case) is more
      involved and is discussed next.
      </para>
      <para>
      When a new lease is granted, b10-dhcp4 will generate a DDNS
      update request if the DHCP REQUEST contains either the FQDN option
      (code 81) or the Host Name option (code 12). If both are present,
      the server will use the FQDN option. By default b10-dhcp4
      will respect the FQDN N and S flags specified by the client as shown
      in the following table:
      </para>
        <table id="fqdn-flag-table">
          <title>Default FQDN Flag Behavior</title>
          <tgroup cols='4' align='left'>
          <colspec colname='cflags'/>
          <colspec colname='meaning'/>
          <colspec colname='response'/>
          <colspec colname='sflags'/>
          <thead>
              <row>
                <entry>Client Flags:N-S</entry>
                <entry>Client Intent</entry>
                <entry>Server Response</entry>
                <entry>Server Flags:N-S-O</entry>
              </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
                <entry>0-0</entry>
                <entry>
                Client wants to do forward updates, server should do reverse updates
                </entry>
                <entry>Server generates reverse-only request</entry>
                <entry>1-0-0</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
                <entry>0-1</entry>
                <entry>Server should do both forward and reverse updates</entry>
                <entry>Server generates request to update both directions</entry>
                <entry>0-1-0</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
                <entry>1-0</entry>
                <entry>Client wants no updates done</entry>
                <entry>Server does not generate a request</entry>
                <entry>1-0-0</entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      <para>
      The first row in the table above represents "client delegation". Here
      the DHCP client states that it intends to do the forward DNS updates and
      the server should do the reverse updates.  By default, b10-dhcp4 will honor
      the client's wishes and generate a DDNS request to D2 to update only
      reverse DNS data.  The parameter, "override-client-update", can be used
      to instruct the server to override client delegation requests.  When
      this parameter is true, b10-dhcp4 will disregard requests for client
      delegation and generate a DDNS request to update both forward and
      reverse DNS data.  In this case, the N-S-O flags in the server's
      response to the client will be 0-1-1 respectively.
      </para>
      <para>
      (Note that the flag combination N=1, S=1 is prohibited according to
      RFC 4702. If such a combination is received from the client, the packet
      will be dropped by the b10-dhcp4.)
      </para>
      <para>
      To override client delegation, issue the following commands:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The third row in the table above describes the case in which the client
      requests that no DNS updates be done. The parameter, "override-no-update",
      can be used to instruct the server to disregard the client's wishes. When
      this parameter is true, b10-dhcp4 will generate DDNS update request to D2
      even if the client requests no updates be done.  The N-S-O flags in the
      server's response to the client will be 0-1-1.
      </para>
      <para>
      To override client delegation, issue the following commands:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      b10-dhcp4 will always generate DDNS update requests if the client request
      only contains the Host Name option. In addition it will include an FQDN
      option in the response to the client with the FQDN N-S-O flags set to
      0-1-0 respectively. The domain name portion of the FQDN option will be
      the name submitted to D2 in the DDNS update request.
      </para>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcpv4-fqdn-name-generation">
      <title>b10-dhcp4 name generation for DDNS update requests</title>
      Each NameChangeRequest must of course include the fully qualified domain
      name whose DNS entries are to be affected.  b10-dhcp4 can be configured to
      supply a portion or all of that name based upon what it receives from
      the client in the DHCP REQUEST.
      <para>
      The rules for determining the FQDN option are as follows:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      If configured to do, so ignore the REQUEST contents and generate a
      FQDN using a configurable prefix and suffix.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      If the REQUEST contains the client FQDN option, the candidate
      name is taken from there, otherwise it is taken from the Host Name option.
      The candiate name may then be modified:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a fully qualified domain name, use it.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a partial (i.e. unqualified) name then
      add a configurable suffix to the name and use the result as the FQDN.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a empty, generate a FQDN using a
      configurable prefix and suffix.
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      To instruct b10-dhcp4 to always generate the FQDN for a client, set the
      parameter "replace-client-name" to true as follows:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The prefix used in the generation of a FQDN is specified by the
      "generated-prefix" parameter.  The default value is "myhost".  To alter
      its value simply set it to the desired string:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix "another.host"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The suffix used when generating a FQDN or when qualifying a partial
      name is specified by the "qualifying-suffix" parameter.  The default
      value is "example.com".  To alter its value simply set it to the desired
      string:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix "our.net"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </section>
      <para>
      When generating a name, b10-dhcp4 will construct name of the format:
      </para>
      <para>
        [generated-prefix]-[address-text].[qualifying-suffix].
      </para>
      <para>
      where address-text is simply the lease IP address converted to a
      hyphenated string.  For example, if lease address is 172.16.1.10 and
      assuming default values for generated-prefix and qualifying-suffix, the
      generated FQDN would be:
      </para>
      <para>
        myhost-172-16-1-10.example.com.
      </para>
    </section>

  </section> <!-- end of configuring b10-dhcp4 server section with many subsections -->

    <section id="dhcp4-serverid">
      <title>Server Identifier in DHCPv4</title>
      <para>
        The DHCPv4 protocol uses a "server identifier" for clients to be able
        to discriminate between several servers present on the same link: this
        value is an IPv4 address of the server. The server chooses the IPv4 address
        of the interface on which the message from the client (or relay) has been
        received. A single server instance will use multiple server identifiers
        if it is receiving queries on multiple interfaces.
      </para>
      <para>
        Currently there is no mechanism to override the default server identifiers
        by an administrator. In the future, the configuration mechanism will be used
        to specify the custom server identifier.
      </para>
    </section>


    <section id="dhcp4-next-server">
      <title>Next server (siaddr)</title>
      <para>In some cases, clients want to obtain configuration from the TFTP server.
      Although there is a dedicated option for it, some devices may use siaddr field
      in the DHCPv4 packet for that purpose. That specific field can be configured
      using next-server directive. It is possible to define it in global scope or
      for a given subnet only. If both are defined, subnet value takes precedence.
      The value in subnet can be set to 0.0.0.0, which means that next-server should
      not be sent. It may also be set to empty string, which means the same as if
      it was not defined at all - use global value.
      </para>

<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/next-server</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/next-server "192.0.2.123"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
<userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet[0]/next-server</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet[0]/next-server "192.0.2.234"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-echo-client-id">
      <title>Echoing client-id (RFC6842)</title>
      <para>Original DHCPv4 spec (RFC2131) states that the DHCPv4
      server must not send back client-id options when responding to
      clients. However, in some cases that confused clients that did
      not have MAC address or client-id. See RFC6842 for details. That
      behavior has changed with the publication of RFC6842 which
      updated RFC2131. That update now states that the server must
      send client-id if client sent it. That is the default behaviour
      that Kea offers. However, in some cases older devices that do
      not support RFC6842 may refuse to accept responses that include
      client-id option. To enable backward compatibility, an optional
      configuration parameter has been introduced. To configure it,
      use the following commands:</para>

<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/echo-client-id</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/echo-client-id False</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-subnet-selection">
      <title>How DHCPv4 server selects subnet for a client</title>
      <para>
        The DHCPv4 server differentiates between the directly connected clients,
        clients trying to renew leases and clients sending their messages through
        relays. For the directly connected clients the server will check the
        configuration of the interface on which the message has been received, and
        if the server configuration doesn't match any configured subnet the
        message is discarded.</para>
        <para>Assuming that the server's interface is configured with the 192.0.2.3
        IPv4 address, the server will only process messages received through
        this interface from the directly connected client, if there is a subnet
        configured, to which this IPv4 address belongs, e.g. 192.0.2.0/24.
        The server will use this subnet to assign IPv4 address for the client.
      </para>
      <para>
        The rule above does not apply when the client unicasts its message, i.e.
        is trying to renew its lease. Such message is accepted through any
        interface. The renewing client sets ciaddr to the currently used IPv4
        address. The server uses this address to select the subnet for the client
        (in particular, to extend the lease using this address).
      </para>
      <para>
        If the message is relayed it is accepted through any interface. The giaddr
        set by the relay agent is used to select the subnet for the client.
      </para>
      <para>
	It is also possible to specify a relay IPv4 address for a given subnet. It
	can be used to match incoming packets into a subnet in uncommon configurations,
	e.g. shared subnets. See <xref linkend="dhcp4-relay-override"/> for details.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>The subnet selection mechanism described in this section is based
        on the assumption that client classification is not used. The classification
        mechanism alters the way in which subnet is selected for the client,
        depending on the classes that the client belongs to.</para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-relay-override">
      <title>Using specific relay agent for a subnet</title>
      <para>
        The relay has to have an interface connected to the link on which
        the clients are being configured. Typically the relay has an IPv4
        address configured on that interface that belongs to the subnet that
        the server will assign addresses from. In such typical case, the
        server is able to use IPv4 address inserted by the relay (in GIADDR
        field of the DHCPv4 packet) to select appropriate subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        However, that is not always the case. In certain uncommon, but
        valid deployments, the relay address may not match the subnet. This
        usually means that there is more than one subnet allocated for a given
        link. Two most common examples where this is the case are long lasting
        network renumbering (where both old and new address space is still being
        used) and a cable network. In a cable network both cable modems and the
        devices behind them are physically connected to the same link, yet
        they use distinct addressing. In such case, the DHCPv4 server needs
        additional information (IPv4 address of the relay) to properly select
        an appropriate subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        The following example assumes that there is a subnet 192.0.2.0/24
        that is accessible via relay that uses 10.0.0.1 as its IPv4 address.
        The server will be able to select this subnet for any incoming packets
        that came from a relay that has an address in 192.0.2.0/24 subnet.
        It will also select that subnet for a relay with address 10.0.0.1.
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/subnet "192.0.2.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/pool [ "192.0.2.10 - 192.0.2.20" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/relay/ip-address "10.0.0.1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

    </section>

      <section id="dhcp4-srv-example-client-class-relay">
        <title>Segregating IPv4 clients in a cable network</title>
        <para>
          In certain cases, it is useful to mix relay address information,
          introduced in <xref linkend="dhcp4-relay-override"/> with client
          classification, explained in <xref linkend="dhcp4-subnet-class"/>.
          One specific example is cable network, where typically modems
          get addresses from a different subnet than all devices connected
          behind them.
        </para>
        <para>
          Let's assume that there is one CMTS (Cable Modem Termination System)
          with one CM MAC (a physical link that modems are connected to).
          We want the modems to get addresses from the 10.1.1.0/24 subnet, while
          everything connected behind modems should get addresses from another
          subnet (192.0.2.0/24). The CMTS that acts as a relay an uses address
          10.1.1.1. The following configuration can serve that configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/subnet "10.1.1.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/pool [ "10.1.1.2 - 10.1.1.20" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/client-class "docsis3.0"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[0]/relay/ip-address "10.1.1.1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp4/subnet4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/subnet "192.0.2.0/24"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/pool [ "192.0.2.10 - 192.0.2.20" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/subnet4[1]/relay/ip-address "10.1.1.1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
      </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-std">
      <title>Supported Standards</title>
      <para>The following standards and draft standards are currently
      supported:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2131">RFC 2131</ulink>: Supported messages are DISCOVER, OFFER,
            REQUEST, RELEASE, ACK, and NAK.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2132">RFC 2132</ulink>:
            Supported options are: PAD (0),
            END(255), Message Type(53), DHCP Server Identifier (54),
            Domain Name (15), DNS Servers (6), IP Address Lease Time
            (51), Subnet mask (1), and Routers (3).</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3046">RFC 3046</ulink>:
            Relay Agent Information option is supported.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3925">RFC 3925</ulink>:
            Vendor-Identifying Vendor Class and Vendor-Identifying Vendor-Specific
            Information option are supported.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6842">RFC 6842</ulink>:
            Server by default sends back client-id option. That capability may be
            disabled. See <xref linkend="dhcp4-echo-client-id"/> for details.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp4-limit">
      <title>DHCPv4 Server Limitations</title>
      <para>These are the current limitations of the DHCPv4 server
      software. Most of them are reflections of the current stage of
      development and should be treated as <quote>not implemented
      yet</quote>, rather than actual limitations.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
          <listitem> <!-- see tickets #3234, #3281 -->
            <simpara>
              Removal of a subnet during server reconfiguration may cause renumbering
              of auto-generated subnet identifiers, as described in section
              <xref linkend="ipv4-subnet-id"/>.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              BOOTP (<ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc951">RFC 951</ulink>)
              is not supported.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>Raw sockets operation is working on Linux
            only. See <xref linkend="iface-detect"/> for details.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>The DHCPv4 server does not  verify that
            assigned address is unused. According to <ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2131">RFC 2131</ulink>, the
            allocating server should verify that address is not used by
            sending ICMP echo request.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>Address duplication report (DECLINE) is not supported yet.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              The server doesn't act upon expired leases. In particular,
              when a lease expires, the server doesn't request the removal
              of the DNS records associated with it.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <!--
    <section id="dhcp4-srv-examples">
      <title>Kea DHCPv4 server examples</title>

      <para>
        This section provides easy to use example. Each example can be read
        separately. It is not intended to be read sequentially as there will
        be many repetitions between examples. They are expected to serve as
        easy to use copy-paste solutions to many common deployments.
      </para>

      @todo: add simple configuration for direct clients
      @todo: add configuration for relayed clients
      @todo: add client classification example

    </section> -->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="dhcp6">
    <title>The DHCPv6 Server</title>

    <section id="dhcp6-start-stop">
      <title>Starting and Stopping the DHCPv6 Server</title>

      <para>
        <command>b10-dhcp6</command> is the Kea DHCPv6 server and is configured
        through the <command>bindctl</command> program.
      </para>
      <para>
        After starting <command>bind10</command> and starting <command>bindctl</command>, the first step
        in configuring the server is to add <command>b10-dhcp6</command> to the list of running services.
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Init/components b10-dhcp6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp6/kind dispensable</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
         To remove <command>b10-dhcp6</command> from the set of running services,
         the <command>b10-dhcp6</command> is removed from list of Init components:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config remove Init/components b10-dhcp6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        Note that the server was only removed from the list, so BIND10 will not
        restart it, but the server itself is still running. Hence it is usually
        desired to stop it:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>Dhcp6 shutdown</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        During start-up the server will detect available network interfaces
        and will attempt to open UDP sockets on all interfaces that
        are up, running, are not loopback, are multicast-capable, and
        have IPv6 address assigned. It will then listen to incoming traffic.
      </para>


    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-configuration">
      <title>DHCPv6 Server Configuration</title>
      <para>
        Once the server has been started, it can be configured. To view the
        current configuration, use the following command in <command>bindctl</command>:
        <screen>&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6</userinput></screen>
        When starting the Dhcp6 daemon for the first time, the default configuration
        will be available. It will look similar to this:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6</userinput>
Dhcp6/hooks-libraries   []  list    (default)
Dhcp6/interfaces/   list    (default)
Dhcp6/renew-timer   1000    integer (default)
Dhcp6/rebind-timer  2000    integer (default)
Dhcp6/preferred-lifetime    3000    integer (default)
Dhcp6/valid-lifetime    4000    integer (default)
Dhcp6/option-def    []  list    (default)
Dhcp6/option-data   []  list    (default)
Dhcp6/lease-database/type   ""  string  (default)
Dhcp6/lease-database/name   ""  string  (default)
Dhcp6/lease-database/user   ""  string  (default)
Dhcp6/lease-database/host   ""  string  (default)
Dhcp6/lease-database/password   ""  string  (default)
Dhcp6/subnet6/  list
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates  true    boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-ip   "127.0.0.1" string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-port 53001   integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/sender-ip	""	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/sender-port	0	integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/max-queue-size	1024  integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/ncr-protocol    "UDP"   string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/ncr-format  "JSON"  string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/always-include-fqdn false   boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update  false   boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update  false   boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name false   boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix    "myhost"    string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/qualifying-suffix   "example.com"   string
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
        To change one of the parameters, simply follow
        the usual <command>bindctl</command> procedure. For example, to make the
        leases longer, change their valid-lifetime parameter:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/valid-lifetime 7200</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Most Dhcp6 parameters are of global scope
        and apply to all defined subnets, unless they are overridden on a
        per-subnet basis.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>
          With this version of Kea, there are a number of known limitations
          and problems in the DHCPv6 server. See <xref linkend="dhcp6-limit"/>.
        </para>
      </note>

      <section>
      <title>Default storage for leases</title>
      <para>
        The server is able to store lease data in different repositories. Larger deployments
        may elect to store leases in a database.
        <xref linkend="database-configuration6"/> describes one way to do it.
        By default, the server will use a CSV file rather than a database to store
        lease information. One of the advantages of using a file is that it eliminates
        dependency on third party database software.
      </para>
      <para>
        The configuration of the file backend (Memfile)
        is controlled through the Dhcp6/lease-database parameters. When default
        parameters are left, the Memfile backend will write leases to a disk in the
        [bind10-install-dir]/var/bind10/kea-leases6.csv.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is possible to alter the default location of the lease file. The following
        configuration:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/type "memfile"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/persist true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp4/lease-database/leasefile "/tmp/kea-leases6.csv"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        will change the default location of the lease file to /tmp/kea-leases6.csv.
      </para>
      <para>
        The "persist" parameter controls whether the leases are written to disk.
        It is strongly recommended that this parameter is set to "true" at all times
        during the normal operation of the server.
      </para>
      </section>

      <section id="database-configuration6">
      <title>Database Configuration</title>
      <para>
      All leases issued by the server are stored in the lease database. Currently
      there are 3 database backends available: MySQL, PostgreSQL and memfile.
      <footnote>
      <para>
      The server comes with an in-memory database ("memfile") configured as the default
      database. This is used for internal testing and is not supported.  In addition,
      it does not store lease information on disk: lease information will be lost if the
      server is restarted.
      </para>
      </footnote>, and so the server must be configured to
      access the correct database with the appropriate credentials.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>
            Database access information must be configured for the DHCPv6 server, even if
            it has already been configured for the DHCPv4 server.  The servers store their
            information independently, so each server can use a separate
            database or both servers can use the same database.
          </para>
        </note>
      <para>
      Database configuration is controlled through the Dhcp6/lease-database parameters.
      The type of the database must be set to "mysql", "postgresql" or "memfile":
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/type "mysql"</userinput>
</screen>
      Next, the name of the database is to hold the leases must be set: this is the
      name used when the lease database was created (see <xref linkend="dhcp-mysql-database-create"/>
      or <xref linkend="dhcp-pgsql-database-create"/>).
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/name "<replaceable>database-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      If the database is located on a different system to the DHCPv6 server, the
      database host name must also be specified (although note that this configuration
      may have a severe impact on server performance):
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/host "<replaceable>remote-host-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      The usual state of affairs will be to have the database on the same machine as the
      DHCPv6 server.  In this case, set the value to the empty string (this is the default):
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/host ""</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      Finally, the credentials of the account under which the server will access the database
      should be set:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/user "<replaceable>user-name</replaceable>"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/lease-database/password "<replaceable>password</replaceable>"</userinput>
</screen>
      If there is no password to the account, set the password to the empty string "". (This is also the default.)
      </para>
      <note>
      <para>The password is echoed when entered and is stored in clear text in the configuration
      database.  Improved password security will be added in a future version of Kea.</para>
      </note>
      </section>

      <section id="dhcp6-interface-selection">
      <title>Interface selection</title>
      <para>
        When DHCPv6 server starts up, by default it will listen to the DHCP
        traffic and respond to it on all interfaces detected during startup.
        However, in many cases it is desired to configure the server to listen and
        respond on selected interfaces only. The sample commands in this section
        show how to make interface selection using bindctl.
      </para>
      <para>
        The default configuration can be presented with the following command:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[0] "*" string</userinput></screen>
        An asterisk sign plays a role of the wildcard and means "listen on all interfaces".
      </para>
      <para>
        In order to override the default configuration, the existing entry can be replaced
        with the actual interface name:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/interfaces[0] eth1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Other interface names can be added on one-by-one basis:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/interfaces eth2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Configuration will now contain two interfaces which can be presented as follows:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[0]	"eth1"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[1]	"eth2"	string</userinput></screen>
        When configuration gets committed, the server will start to listen on
        eth1 and eth2 interfaces only.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is possible to use wildcard interface name (asterisk) concurrently with explicit
        interface names:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/interfaces *</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        This will result in the following configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/interfaces</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[0]	"eth1"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[1]	"eth2"	string</userinput>
<userinput>Dhcp6/interfaces[2]	"*"	string</userinput></screen>
        The presence of the wildcard name implies that server will listen on all interfaces.
        In order to fall back to the previous configuration when server listens on eth1 and eth2:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config remove Dhcp6/interfaces[2]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="ipv6-subnet-id">
      <title>IPv6 Subnet Identifier</title>
      <para>
        Subnet identifier is a unique number associated with a particular subnet.
        In principle, it is used to associate clients' leases with respective subnets.
        When subnet identifier is not specified for a subnet being configured, it will
        be automatically assigned by the configuration mechanism. The identifiers
        are assigned from 1 and are monotonically increased for each subsequent
        subnet: 1, 2, 3 ....
      </para>
      <para>
       If there are multiple subnets configured with auto-generated identifiers and
       one of them is removed, the subnet identifiers may be renumbered. For example:
       if there are 4 subnets and 3rd is removed the last subnet will be assigned
       identifier that the 3rd subnet had before removal. As a result, the leases
       stored in the lease database for subnet 3 are now associated with the
       subnet 4, which may have unexpected consequences. In the future it is planned
       to implement the mechanism to preserve auto-generated subnet ids upon removal
       of one of the subnets. Currently, the only remedy for this issue is to
       manually specify the unique subnet identifier for each subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        The following configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/id 1024</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
        </screen>
        will assign the arbitrary subnet identifier to the newly configured subnet.
        This identifier will not change for this subnet until "id" parameter is
        removed or set to 0. The value of 0 forces auto-generation of subnet
        identifier.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-unicast">
      <title>Unicast traffic support</title>
      <para>
        When DHCPv6 server starts up, by default it listens to the DHCP traffic
        sent to multicast address ff02::1:2 on each interface that it is
        configured to listen on (see <xref linkend="dhcp6-interface-selection"/>).
        In some cases it is useful to configure a server to handle incoming
        traffic sent to the global unicast addresses as well. The most common
        reason for that is to have relays send their traffic to the server
        directly. To configure server to listen on specific unicast address, a
        notation to specify interfaces has been extended. Interface name can be
        optionally followed by a slash, followed by global unicast address that
        server should listen on. That will be done in addition to normal
        link-local binding + listening on ff02::1:2 address. The sample commands
        listed below show how to listen on 2001:db8::1 (a global address)
        configured on the eth1 interface.
      </para>
      <para>
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/interfaces[0] eth1/2001:db8::1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        When configuration gets committed, the server will start to listen on
        eth1 on link-local address, multicast group (ff02::1:2) and 2001:db8::1.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is possible to mix interface names, wildcards and interface name/addresses
        on the Dhcp6/interface list. It is not possible to specify more than one
        unicast address on a given interface.
      </para>
      <para>
        Care should be taken to specify proper unicast addresses. The server will
        attempt to bind to those addresses specified, without any additional checks.
        That approach is selected on purpose, so in the software can be used to
        communicate over uncommon addresses if the administrator desires so.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-address-config">
      <title>Subnet and Address Pool</title>
      <para>
        The essential role of a DHCPv6 server is address assignment. For this,
        the server has to be configured with at least one subnet and one pool of dynamic
        addresses to be managed. For example, assume that the server
        is connected to a network segment that uses the 2001:db8:1::/64
        prefix. The Administrator of that network has decided that addresses from range
        2001:db8:1::1 to 2001:db8:1::ffff are going to be managed by the Dhcp6
        server. Such a configuration can be achieved in the following way:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "2001:db8:1::0 - 2001:db8:1::ffff" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Note that subnet is defined as a simple string, but the pool parameter
        is actually a list of pools: for this reason, the pool definition is
        enclosed in square brackets, even though only one range of addresses
        is specified.</para>
        <para>It is possible to define more than one pool in a
        subnet: continuing the previous example, further assume that
        2001:db8:1:0:5::/80 should be also be managed by the server. It could be written as
        2001:db8:1:0:5:: to 2001:db8:1::5:ffff:ffff:ffff, but typing so many 'f's
        is cumbersome. It can be expressed more simply as 2001:db8:1:0:5::/80. Both
        formats are supported by Dhcp6 and can be mixed in the pool list.
        For example, one could define the following pools:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "2001:db8:1::1 - 2001:db8:1::ffff", "2001:db8:1:0:5::/80" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        The number of pools is not limited, but for performance reasons it is recommended to
        use as few as possible.
      </para>
      <para>
         The server may be configured to serve more than one subnet. To add a second subnet,
         use a command similar to the following:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/subnet "2001:db8:beef::/48"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/pool [ "2001:db8:beef::/48" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
        Arrays are counted from 0. subnet[0] refers to the subnet defined in the
        previous example.  The <command>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</command> command adds
        another (second) subnet. It can be referred to as
        <command>Dhcp6/subnet6[1]</command>. In this example, we allow server to
        dynamically assign all addresses available in the whole subnet. Although
        very wasteful, it is certainly a valid configuration to dedicate the
        whole /48 subnet for that purpose.
      </para>
      <para>
        When configuring a DHCPv6 server using prefix/length notation, please pay
        attention to the boundary values. When specifying that the server should use
        a given pool, it will be able to allocate also first (typically network
        address) address from that pool. For example for pool 2001:db8::/64 the
        2001:db8:: address may be assigned as well. If you want to avoid this,
        please use the "min-max" notation.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section>
<!-- @todo: add real meat to the prefix delegation config this is just place holder stuff -->
      <title>Subnet and Prefix Delegation Pools</title>
      <para>
        Subnets may also be configured to delegate address prefixes....
        A subnet may have one or more prefix delegation pools.  Each pool has
        a prefixed address, which is specified as a prefix and a prefix length,
        as well as a delegated prefix length.  A sample configuration is shown
        below:
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/subnet6[0]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pd-pools</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pd-pools[0]/prefix "2001:db8:1::"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pd-pools[0]/prefix-len 64</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pd-pools[0]/delegated-len 96</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-std-options">
      <title>Standard DHCPv6 options</title>
      <para>
        One of the major features of DHCPv6 server is to provide configuration
        options to clients. Although there are several options that require
        special behavior, most options are sent by the server only if the client
        explicitly requested them.  The following example shows how to
        configure DNS servers, which is one of the most frequently used
        options. Numbers in the first column are added for easier reference and
        will not appear on screen. Options specified in this way are considered
        global and apply to all configured subnets.

        <screen>
1. &gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
2. &gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "dns-servers"</userinput>
3. &gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 23</userinput>
4. &gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
5. &gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
6. &gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe"</userinput>
7. &gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
    <para>
      The first line creates new entry in option-data table. It
      contains information on all global options that the server is
      supposed to configure in all subnets. The second line specifies
      option name. For a complete list of currently supported names,
      see <xref linkend="dhcp6-std-options-list"/>.
      The third line specifies option code, which must match one of the
      values from that
      list. Line 4 specifies option space, which must always
      be set to "dhcp6" as these are standard DHCPv6 options. For
      other name spaces, including custom option spaces, see <xref
      linkend="dhcp6-option-spaces"/>. The fifth line specifies the format in
      which the data will be entered: use of CSV (comma
      separated values) is recommended. The sixth line gives the actual value to
      be sent to clients. Data is specified as a normal text, with
      values separated by commas if more than one value is
      allowed.
    </para>

    <para>
      Options can also be configured as hexadecimal values. If csv-format is
      set to false, the option data must be specified as a string of hexadecimal
      numbers. The
      following commands configure the DNS-SERVERS option for all
      subnets with the following addresses: 2001:db8:1::cafe and
      2001:db8:1::babe.
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "dns-servers"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 23</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "2001 0DB8 0001 0000 0000 0000</userinput>
        <userinput>0000 CAFE 2001 0DB8 0001 0000 0000 0000 0000 BABE"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
        </screen>
       (The value for the setting of the "data" element is split across two
        lines in this document for clarity: when entering the command, the
        whole string should be entered on the same line.)
      </para>

    <para>
      It is possible to override options on a per-subnet basis.  If
      clients connected to most of your subnets are expected to get the
      same values of a given option, you should use global options: you
      can then override specific values for a small number of subnets.
      On the other hand, if you use different values in each subnet,
      it does not make sense to specify global option values
      (Dhcp6/option-data), rather you should set only subnet-specific values
      (Dhcp6/subnet[X]/option-data[Y]).
     </para>
     <para>
      The following commands override the global
      DNS servers option for a particular subnet, setting a single DNS
      server with address 2001:db8:1::3.
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data[0]/name "dns-servers"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data[0]/code 23</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/option-data[0]/data "2001:db8:1::3"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
    </para>

    <note>
      <para>
        In future versions of BIND 10 DHCP, it will not be necessary to specify
        option code, space and csv-format fields, as those fields will be set
        automatically.
      </para>
    </note>


    <para>
      The currently supported standard DHCPv6 options are
      listed in <xref linkend="dhcp6-std-options-list"/>.
      The "Name" and "Code"
      are the values that should be used as a name in the option-data
      structures. "Type" designates the format of the data: the meanings of
      the various types is given in <xref linkend="dhcp-types"/>.
    </para>
    <para>
      Some options are designated as arrays, which means that more than one
      value is allowed in such an option. For example the option dns-servers
      allows the specification of more than one IPv6 address, so allowing
      clients to obtain the the addresses of multiple DNS servers.
    </para>

<!-- @todo: describe record types -->

      <para>
        The <xref linkend="dhcp6-custom-options"/> describes the configuration
        syntax to create custom option definitions (formats). It is generally not
        allowed to create custom definitions for standard options, even if the
        definition being created matches the actual option format defined in the
        RFCs. There is an exception from this rule for standard options for which
        Kea does not provide a definition yet. In order to use such options,
        a server administrator must create a definition as described in
        <xref linkend="dhcp6-custom-options"/> in the 'dhcp6' option space. This
        definition should match the option format described in the relevant
        RFC but configuration mechanism would allow any option format as it has
        no means to validate it at the moment.
      </para>


    <para>
      <table frame="all" id="dhcp6-std-options-list">
        <title>List of standard DHCPv6 options</title>
        <tgroup cols='4'>
        <colspec colname='name'/>
        <colspec colname='code'/>
        <colspec colname='type'/>
        <colspec colname='array'/>
        <thead>
          <row><entry>Name</entry><entry>Code</entry><entry>Type</entry><entry>Array?</entry></row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
<!-- Our engine uses those options on its own, admin must not configure them on his own
<row><entry>clientid</entry><entry>1</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>serverid</entry><entry>2</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>ia-na</entry><entry>3</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>ia-ta</entry><entry>4</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>iaaddr</entry><entry>5</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>oro</entry><entry>6</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>true</entry></row> -->
<row><entry>preference</entry><entry>7</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>

<!-- Our engine uses those options on its own, admin must not configure them on his own
<row><entry>elapsed-time</entry><entry>8</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>relay-msg</entry><entry>9</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>auth</entry><entry>11</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>unicast</entry><entry>12</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>status-code</entry><entry>13</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>rapid-commit</entry><entry>14</entry><entry>empty</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>user-class</entry><entry>15</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>vendor-class</entry><entry>16</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>vendor-opts</entry><entry>17</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>interface-id</entry><entry>18</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>reconf-msg</entry><entry>19</entry><entry>uint8</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>reconf-accept</entry><entry>20</entry><entry>empty</entry><entry>false</entry></row> -->
<row><entry>sip-server-dns</entry><entry>21</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>sip-server-addr</entry><entry>22</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>dns-servers</entry><entry>23</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>domain-search</entry><entry>24</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<!-- <row><entry>ia-pd</entry><entry>25</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row> -->
<!-- <row><entry>iaprefix</entry><entry>26</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row> -->
<row><entry>nis-servers</entry><entry>27</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>nisp-servers</entry><entry>28</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>nis-domain-name</entry><entry>29</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>nisp-domain-name</entry><entry>30</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>sntp-servers</entry><entry>31</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>information-refresh-time</entry><entry>32</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>bcmcs-server-dns</entry><entry>33</entry><entry>fqdn</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>bcmcs-server-addr</entry><entry>34</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>geoconf-civic</entry><entry>36</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>remote-id</entry><entry>37</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>subscriber-id</entry><entry>38</entry><entry>binary</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>client-fqdn</entry><entry>39</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>pana-agent</entry><entry>40</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>new-posix-timezone</entry><entry>41</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>new-tzdb-timezone</entry><entry>42</entry><entry>string</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>ero</entry><entry>43</entry><entry>uint16</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
<row><entry>lq-query</entry><entry>44</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>client-data</entry><entry>45</entry><entry>empty</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>clt-time</entry><entry>46</entry><entry>uint32</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>lq-relay-data</entry><entry>47</entry><entry>record</entry><entry>false</entry></row>
<row><entry>lq-client-link</entry><entry>48</entry><entry>ipv6-address</entry><entry>true</entry></row>
        </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-custom-options">
      <title>Custom DHCPv6 options</title>
      <para>It is also possible to define options other than the standard ones.
      Assume that we want to define a new DHCPv6 option called "foo" which will have
      code 100 and will convey a single unsigned 32 bit integer value. We can define
      such an option by using the following commands:
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/code 100</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/type "uint32"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      The "false" value of the "array" parameter determines that the option
      does NOT comprise an array of "uint32" values but rather a single value.
      Two other parameters have been left blank: "record-types" and "encapsulate".
      The former specifies the comma separated list of option data fields if the
      option comprises a record of data fields. The "record-fields" value should
      be non-empty if the "type" is set to "record". Otherwise it must be left
      blank. The latter parameter specifies the name of the option space being
      encapsulated by the particular option. If the particular option does not
      encapsulate any option space it should be left blank.
      Note that the above set of comments define the format of the new option and do not
      set its values.
      </para>
      <para>Once the new option format is defined, its value is set
      in the same way as for a standard option. For example the following
      commands set a global value that applies to all subnets.
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 100</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "12345"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <para>New options can take more complex forms than simple use of
      primitives (uint8, string, ipv6-address etc): it is possible to
      define an option comprising a number of existing primitives.
      </para>
      <para>
      Assume we want to define a new option that will consist of an IPv6
      address, followed by an unsigned 16 bit integer, followed by a
      boolean value, followed by a text string. Such an option could
      be defined in the following way:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/name "bar"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/code 101</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/type "record"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/record-types "ipv6-address, uint16, boolean, string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
</screen>
      The "type" is set to "record" to indicate that the option contains
      multiple values of different types.  These types are given as a comma-separated
      list in the "record-types" field and should be those listed in <xref linkend="dhcp-types"/>.
      </para>
      <para>
      The values of the option are set as follows:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "bar"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 101</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "2001:db8:1::10, 123, false, Hello World"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      "csv-format" is set "true" to indicate that the "data" field comprises a command-separated
      list of values.  The values in the "data" must correspond to the types set in
      the "record-types" field of the option definition.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>
          It is recommended that boolean values are specified using "true" and "false"
          strings. This helps to prevent errors when typing multiple comma separated
          values, as it make it easier to identify the type of the value being typed,
          and compare it with the order of data fields. Nevertheless, it is possible
          to use integer values: "1" and "0", instead of "true" and "false"
          accordingly. If other integer value is specified, the configuration is
          rejected.
        </para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-vendor-opts">
      <title>DHCPv6 vendor specific options</title>
      <para>
      Currently there are three option spaces defined: dhcp4 (to be used
      in DHCPv4 daemon) and dhcp6 (for the DHCPv6 daemon); there is also
      vendor-opts-space, which is empty by default, but options can be
      defined in it. Those options are called vendor-specific information
      options. The following examples show how to define an option "foo"
      with code 1 that consists of an IPv6 address, an unsigned 16 bit integer
      and a string. The "foo" option is conveyed in a vendor specific
      information option. This option comprises a single uint32 value
      that is set to "12345". The sub-option "foo" follows the data
      field holding this value.
      <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/space "vendor-opts-space"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/type "record"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/record-types "ipv6-address, uint16, string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/encapsulates ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
     (Note that the option space is set to "vendor-opts-space".)
     Once the option format is defined, the next step is to define actual values
     for that option:
     <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "foo"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "vendor-opts-space"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "2001:db8:1::10, 123, Hello World"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
    We should also define values for the vendor-opts, that will convey our option foo.
     <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/name "vendor-opts"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/code 17</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/data "12345"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-option-spaces">
      <title>Nested DHCPv6 options (custom option spaces)</title>
      <para>It is sometimes useful to define completely new option
      spaces.  This is useful if the user wants his new option to
      convey sub-options that use separate numbering scheme, for
      example sub-options with codes 1 and 2. Those option codes
      conflict with standard DHCPv6 options, so a separate option
      space must be defined.
      </para>
      <para>Note that it is not required to create new option space when
      defining sub-options for a standard option because it is by
      default created if the standard option is meant to convey
      any sub-options (see <xref linkend="dhcp6-vendor-opts"/>).
      </para>
      <para>
      Assume that we want to have a DHCPv6 option called "container"
      with code 102 that conveys two sub-options with codes 1 and 2.
      First we need to define the new sub-options:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/name "subopt1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/type "ipv6-address"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[0]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
&gt; <userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/name "subopt2"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/code 2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/type "string"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[1]/encapsulate ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
    Note that we have defined the options to belong to a new option space
    (in this case, "isc").
    </para>
    <para>
The next step is to define a regular DHCPv6 option and specify that it
should include options from the isc option space:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-def</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/name "container"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/code 102</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/type "empty"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/array false</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/record-types ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-def[2]/encapsulate "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
    The name of the option space in which the sub-options are defined
    is set in the "encapsulate" field. The "type" field is set to "empty"
    which imposes that this option does not carry any data other than
    sub-options.
    </para>
    <para>
    Finally, we can set values for the new options:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/name "subopt1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/code 1</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[0]/data "2001:db8::abcd"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
&gt; <userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/name "subopt2"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/space "isc"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/code 2</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[1]/data "Hello world"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
&gt; <userinput></userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/option-data</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[2]/name "container"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[2]/space "dhcp6"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[2]/code 102</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[2]/csv-format true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/option-data[2]/data ""</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
    Even though the "container" option does not carry any data except
    sub-options, the "data" field must be explicitly set to an empty value.
    This is required because in the current version of BIND 10 DHCP, the
    default configuration values are not propagated to the configuration parsers:
    if the "data" is not set the parser will assume that this
    parameter is not specified and an error will be reported.
    </para>
    <para>Note that it is possible to create an option which carries some data
    in addition to the sub-options defined in the encapsulated option space.  For example,
    if the "container" option from the previous example was required to carry an uint16
    value as well as the sub-options, the "type" value would have to be set to "uint16" in
    the option definition. (Such an option would then have the following
    data structure: DHCP header, uint16 value, sub-options.) The value specified
    with the "data" parameter - which should be a valid integer enclosed in quotes,
    e.g. "123" - would then be assigned to the uint16 field in the "container" option.
    </para>
    </section>

      <section id="dhcp6-config-subnets">
        <title>IPv6 Subnet Selection</title>
          <para>
          The DHCPv6 server may receive requests from local (connected to the
          same subnet as the server) and remote (connecting via relays) clients.
          As server may have many subnet configurations defined, it must select
          appropriate subnet for a given request.
          </para>
          <para>
          The server can not assume which of configured subnets are local. It is
          possible in IPv4, where there is reasonable expectation that the
          server will have a (global) IPv4 address configured on the interface,
          and can use that information to detect whether a subnet is local or
          not. That assumption is not true in IPv6, as the DHCPv6 must be able
          to operate with having link-local addresses only. Therefore an optional
          &quot;interface&quot; parameter is available within a subnet definition
          to designate that a given subnet is local, i.e. reachable directly over
          specified interface. For example the server that is intended to serve
          a local subnet over eth0 may be configured as follows:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/subnet "2001:db8:beef::/48"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/pool [ "2001:db8:beef::/48" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/interface "eth0"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        </para>
      </section>

      <section id="dhcp6-relays">
        <title>DHCPv6 Relays</title>
        <para>
          A DHCPv6 server with multiple subnets defined must select the
          appropriate subnet when it receives a request from client.  For clients
          connected via relays, two mechanisms are used:
        </para>
        <para>
          The first uses the linkaddr field in the RELAY_FORW message. The name
          of this field is somewhat misleading in that it does not contain a link-layer
          address: instead, it holds an address (typically a global address) that is
          used to identify a link. The DHCPv6 server checks if the address belongs
          to a defined subnet and, if it does, that subnet is selected for the client's
          request.
        </para>
        <para>
          The second mechanism is based on interface-id options. While forwarding a client's
          message, relays may insert an interface-id option into the message that
          identifies the interface on the relay that received the message. (Some
          relays allow configuration of that parameter, but it is sometimes
          hardcoded and may range from the very simple (e.g. "vlan100") to the very cryptic:
          one example seen on real hardware was "ISAM144|299|ipv6|nt:vp:1:110"). The
          server can use this information to select the appropriate subnet.
          The information is also returned to the relay which then knows the
          interface to use to transmit the response to the client. In order for
          this to work successfully, the relay interface IDs must be unique within
          the network and the server configuration must match those values.
        </para>
        <para>
          When configuring the DHCPv6 server, it should be noted that two
          similarly-named parameters can be configured for a subnet:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><simpara>
              "interface" defines which local network interface can be used
              to access a given subnet.
            </simpara></listitem>
            <listitem><simpara>
              "interface-id" specifies the content of the interface-id option
              used by relays to identify the interface on the relay to which
              the response packet is sent.
            </simpara></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
          The two are mutually exclusive: a subnet cannot be both reachable locally
          (direct traffic) and via relays (remote traffic). Specifying both is a
          configuration error and the DHCPv6 server will refuse such a configuration.
        </para>

        <para>
          To specify interface-id with value "vlan123", the following commands can
          be used:
          <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:beef::/48"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "2001:db8:beef::/48" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/interface-id "vland123"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        </para>
      </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-client-classifier">
      <title>Client Classification in DHCPv6</title>
      <note>
      <para>
        DHCPv6 server has been extended to support limited client classification.
        Although the current capability is modest, it is expected to be expanded
        in the future. It is envisaged that the majority of client classification
        extensions will be using hooks extensions.
      </para>
      </note>
      <para>In certain cases it is useful to differentiate between different types
      of clients and treat them differently. The process of doing classification
      is conducted in two steps. The first step is to assess incoming packet and
      assign it to zero or more classes. This classification is currently simple,
      but is expected to grow in capability soon. Currently the server checks whether
      incoming packet has vendor class option (16). If it has, content
      of that option is prepended with &quot;VENDOR_CLASS_&quot; interpreted as a
      class. For example, modern cable modems will send this option with value
      &quot;docsis3.0&quot; and as a result the packet will belong to class
      &quot;VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0&quot;.
      </para>

      <para>It is envisaged that the client classification will be used for changing
      behavior of almost any part of the DHCP engine processing, including assigning
      leases from different pools, assigning different option (or different values of
      the same options) etc. For now, there is only one mechanism that is taking
      advantage of client classification: subnet selection.</para>

      <para>
        Kea can be instructed to limit access to given subnets based on class information.
        This is particularly useful for cases where two types of devices share the
        same link and are expected to be served from two different subnets. The
        primary use case for such a scenario are cable networks. There are two
        classes of devices: cable modem itself, which should be handled a lease
        from subnet A and all other devices behind modems that should get a lease
        from subnet B. That segregation is essential to prevent overly curious
        users from playing with their cable modems. For details on how to set up
        class restrictions on subnets, see <xref linkend="dhcp6-subnet-class"/>.
      </para>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-subnet-class">
      <title>Limiting access to IPv6 subnet to certain classes</title>
      <para>
        In certain cases it beneficial to restrict access to certains subnets
        only to clients that belong to a given subnet. For details on client
        classes, see <xref linkend="dhcp6-client-classifier"/>. This is an
        extension of a previous example from <xref linkend="dhcp6-address-config"/>.

        Let's assume that the server is connected to a network segment that uses
        the 2001:db8:1::/64 prefix. The Administrator of that network has
        decided that addresses from range 2001:db8:1::1 to 2001:db8:1::ffff are
        going to be managed by the Dhcp6 server. Only clients belonging to the
        eRouter1.0 client class are allowed to use that pool. Such a
        configuration can be achieved in the following way:

        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "2001:db8:1::0 - 2001:db8:1::ffff" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/client-class "eRouter1.0"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        Care should be taken with client classification as it is easy to prevent
        clients that do not meet class criteria to be denied any service altogether.
      </para>
    </section>


    <section id="dhcp6-ddns-config">
      <title>Configuring DHCPv6 for DDNS</title>
      <para>
      As mentioned earlier, b10-dhcp6 can be configured to generate requests to
      the DHCP-DDNS server (referred to here as the "D2" server) to update
      DNS entries.  These requests are known as NameChangeRequests or NCRs.
      Each NCR contains the following information:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      Whether it is a request to add (update) or remove DNS entries
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      Whether the change requests forward DNS updates (AAAA records), reverse
      DNS updates (PTR records), or both.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      The FQDN, lease address, and DHCID
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      The parameters controlling the generation of NCRs for submission to D2
      are contained in the "dhcp-ddns" section of b10-dhcp6
      configuration. The default values for this section appears as follows:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns</userinput>
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates	true	boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-ip	"127.0.0.1"	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-port	53001	integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/sender-ip	""	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/sender-port	0	integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/max-queue-size	1024 integer
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/ncr-protocol	"UDP"	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/ncr-format	"JSON"	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update	false	boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update	false	boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name	false	boolean
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix	"myhost"	string
Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/qualifying-suffix	"example.com"	string
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      The "enable-updates" parameter determines whether or not b10-dhcp6 will
      generate NCRs.  By default, this value is false hence DDNS updates are
      disabled.  To enable DDNS updates set this value to true as follows:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/enable-updates true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <section id="dhcpv6-d2-io-config">
      <title>DHCP-DDNS Server Connectivity</title>
      <para>
      In order for NCRs to reach the D2 server, b10-dhcp6 must be able
      to communicate with it.  b10-dhcp6 uses the following configuration
      parameters to control how it communications with D2:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      server-ip - IP address on which D2 listens for requests. The default is
      the local loopback interface at address 127.0.0.1. You may specify
      either an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      server-port - port on which D2 listens for requests.  The default value
      is 53001.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      sender-ip - IP address which b10-dhcp6 should use to send requests to D2.
      The default value is blank which instructs b10-dhcp6 to select a suitable
      address.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      sender-port - port which b10-dhcp6 should use to send requests to D2. The
      default value of 0 instructs b10-dhcp6 to select suitable port.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      ncr-format - Socket protocol use when sending requests to D2.  Currently
      only UDP is supported.  TCP may be available in an upcoming release.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      ncr-protocol - Packet format to use when sending requests to D2.
      Currently only JSON format is supported.  Other formats may be available
      in future releases.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      max-queue-size - maximum number of requests allowed to queue waiting to
      be sent to D2. This value guards against requests accumulating
      uncontrollably if they are being generated faster than they can be
      delivered.  If the number of requests queued for transmission reaches
      this value, DDNS updating will be turned off until the queue backlog has
      been sufficiently reduced.  The intent is allow b10-dhcp6 to
      continue lease operations.  The default value is 1024.
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      By default, D2 is assumed to running on the same machine as b10-dhcp6, and
      all of the default values mentioned above should be sufficient.
      If, however, D2 has been configured to listen on a different address or
      port, these values must altered accordingly. For example, if D2 has been
      configured to listen on 3001::5 port 900, the following commands
      would be required:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-ip "3001::5"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/server-port 900</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcpv6-d2-rules-config">
      <title>When does b10-dhcp6 generate DDNS request</title>
      b10-dhcp6 follows the behavior prescribed for DHCP servers in RFC 4704.
      It is important to keep in mind that b10-dhcp6 provides the initial decision
      making of when and what to update and forwards that information to D2 in
      the form of NCRs. Carrying out the actual DNS updates and dealing with
      such things as conflict resolution are the purview of D2 (<xref linkend="dhcp-ddns-server"/>).
      <para>
      This section describes when b10-dhcp6 will generate NCRs and the
      configuration parameters that can be used to influence this decision.
      It assumes that the "enable-updates" parameter is true.
      </para>
      <note>
        <para>
        Currently the interface between b10-dhcp6 and D2 only supports requests
        which update DNS entries for a single IP address.  If a lease grants
        more than one address, b10-dhcp6 will create the DDNS update request for
        only the first of these addresses.  Support for multiple address
        mappings may be provided in a future release.
        </para>
      </note>
      <para>
      In general, b10-dhcp6 will generate DDNS update requests when:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      A new lease is granted in response to a DHCP REQUEST
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      An existing lease is renewed but the FQDN associated with it has
      changed.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      An existing lease is released in response to a DHCP RELEASE
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      In the second case, lease renewal, two  DDNS requests will be issued: one
      request to remove entries for the previous FQDN and a second request to
      add entries for the new FQDN.  In the last case, a lease release, a
      single DDNS request to remove its entries will be made.  The decision
      making involved when granting a new lease is more involved and is
      discussed next.
      </para>
      <para>
      b10-dhcp6 will generate a DDNS update request only if the DHCP REQUEST
      contains the FQDN option (code 39). By default b10-dhcp6 will
      respect the FQDN N and S flags specified by the client as shown in the
      following table:
      </para>
        <table id="dhcp6-fqdn-flag-table">
          <title>Default FQDN Flag Behavior</title>
          <tgroup cols='4' align='left'>
          <colspec colname='cflags'/>
          <colspec colname='meaning'/>
          <colspec colname='response'/>
          <colspec colname='sflags'/>
          <thead>
              <row>
                <entry>Client Flags:N-S</entry>
                <entry>Client Intent</entry>
                <entry>Server Response</entry>
                <entry>Server Flags:N-S-O</entry>
              </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
                <entry>0-0</entry>
                <entry>
                Client wants to do forward updates, server should do reverse updates
                </entry>
                <entry>Server generates reverse-only request</entry>
                <entry>1-0-0</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
                <entry>0-1</entry>
                <entry>Server should do both forward and reverse updates</entry>
                <entry>Server generates request to update both directions</entry>
                <entry>0-1-0</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
                <entry>1-0</entry>
                <entry>Client wants no updates done</entry>
                <entry>Server does not generate a request</entry>
                <entry>1-0-0</entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      <para>
      The first row in the table above represents "client delegation". Here
      the DHCP client states that it intends to do the forward DNS updates and
      the server should do the reverse updates.  By default, b10-dhcp6 will honor
      the client's wishes and generate a DDNS request to D2 to update only
      reverse DNS data.  The parameter, "override-client-update", can be used
      to instruct the server to override client delegation requests.  When
      this parameter is true, b10-dhcp6 will disregard requests for client
      delegation and generate a DDNS request to update both forward and
      reverse DNS data.  In this case, the N-S-O flags in the server's
      response to the client will be 0-1-1 respectively.
      </para>
      <para>
      (Note that the flag combination N=1, S=1 is prohibited according to
      RFC 4702. If such a combination is received from the client, the packet
      will be dropped by b10-dhcp6.)
      </para>
      <para>
      To override client delegation, issue the following commands:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-client-update true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The third row in the table above describes the case in which the client
      requests that no DNS updates be done. The parameter, "override-no-update",
      can be used to instruct the server to disregard the client's wishes. When
      this parameter is true, b10-dhcp6 will generate DDNS update request to D2
      even if the client requests no updates be done.  The N-S-O flags in the
      server's response to the client will be 0-1-1.
      </para>
      <para>
      To override client delegation, issue the following commands:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/override-no-update true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </section>
      <section id="dhcpv6-fqdn-name-generation">
      <title>b10-dhcp6 name generation for DDNS update requests</title>
      Each NameChangeRequest must of course include the fully qualified domain
      name whose DNS entries are to be affected.  b10-dhcp6 can be configured to
      supply a portion or all of that name based upon what it receives from
      the client in the DHCP REQUEST.
      <para>
      The rules for determining the FQDN option are as follows:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      If configured to do so ignore the REQUEST contents and generate a
      FQDN using a configurable prefix and suffix.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      Otherwise, using is the domain name value from the client FQDN option as
      the candidate name:
      <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a fully qualified domain name then use it.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a partial (i.e. unqualified) name then
      add a configurable suffix to the name and use the result as the FQDN.
      </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>
      If the candidate name is a empty then generate a FQDN using a
      configurable prefix and suffix.
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      </para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      To instruct b10-dhcp6 to always generate a FQDN, set the parameter
      "replace-client-name" to true:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/replace-client-name true</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The prefix used when generating a FQDN is specified by the
      "generated-prefix" parameter.  The default value is "myhost".  To alter
      its value, simply set it to the desired string:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix "another.host"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      The suffix used when generating a FQDN or when qualifying a partial
      name is specified by the "qualifying-suffix" parameter.  The default
      value is "example.com".  To alter its value simply set it to the desired
      string:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/dhcp-ddns/generated-prefix "our.net"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </section>
      <para>
      When qualifying a partial name, b10-dhcp6 will construct a name with the
      format:
      </para>
      <para>
        [candidate-name].[qualifying-suffix].
      </para>
      <para>
      where candidate-name is the partial name supplied in the REQUEST.
      For example, if FQDN domain name value was "some-computer" and assuming
      the default value for qualifying-suffix, the generated FQDN would be:
      </para>
      <para>
        some-computer.example.com.
      </para>
      <para>
      When generating a the entire name, b10-dhcp6 will construct name of the
      format:
      </para>
      <para>
        [generated-prefix]-[address-text].[qualifying-suffix].
      </para>
      <para>
      where address-text is simply the lease IP address converted to a
      hyphenated string.  For example, if lease address is 3001:1::70E and
      assuming default values for generated-prefix and qualifying-suffix, the
      generated FQDN would be:
      </para>
      <para>
        myhost-3001-1--70E.example.com.
      </para>
    </section>

   </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-serverid">
      <title>Server Identifier in DHCPv6</title>
      <para>The DHCPv6 protocol uses a "server identifier" (also known
      as a DUID) for clients to be able to discriminate between several
      servers present on the same link.  There are several types of
      DUIDs defined, but <ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315">RFC 3315</ulink> instructs servers to use DUID-LLT if
      possible. This format consists of a link-layer (MAC) address and a
      timestamp. When started for the first time, the DHCPv6 server will
      automatically generate such a DUID and store the chosen value to
      a file.  That file is read by the server
      and the contained value used whenever the server is subsequently started.
      </para>
      <para>
        It is unlikely that this parameter should ever need to be changed.
        However, if such a need arises, stop the server, edit the file and restart
        the server. (The file is named b10-dhcp6-serverid and by default is
        stored in the "var" subdirectory of the directory in which BIND 10 is installed.
        This can be changed when BIND 10 is built by using "--localstatedir"
        on the "configure" command line.)  The file is a text file that contains
        double digit hexadecimal values
        separated by colons. This format is similar to typical MAC address
        format. Spaces are ignored. No extra characters are allowed in this
        file.
      </para>

    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-relay-override">
      <title>Using specific relay agent for a subnet</title>
      <para>
        The relay has to have an interface connected to the link on which
        the clients are being configured. Typically the relay has a global IPv6
        address configured on that interface that belongs to the subnet that
        the server will assign addresses from. In such typical case, the
        server is able to use IPv6 address inserted by the relay (in link-addr
        field in RELAY-FORW message) to select appropriate subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        However, that is not always the case. The relay
        address may not match the subnet in certain deployments. This
        usually means that there is more than one subnet allocated for a given
        link. Two most common examples where this is the case are long lasting
        network renumbering (where both old and new address space is still being
        used) and a cable network. In a cable network both cable modems and the
        devices behind them are physically connected to the same link, yet
        they use distinct addressing. In such case, the DHCPv6 server needs
        additional information (like the value of interface-id option or IPv6
        address inserted in the link-addr field in RELAY-FORW message) to
        properly select an appropriate subnet.
      </para>
      <para>
        The following example assumes that there is a subnet 2001:db8:1::/64
        that is accessible via relay that uses 3000::1 as its IPv6 address.
        The server will be able to select this subnet for any incoming packets
        that came from a relay that has an address in 2001:db8:1::/64 subnet.
        It will also select that subnet for a relay with address 3000::1.
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "2001:db8:1::2 - 2001:db8:1::ffff" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/relay/ip-address "3000::1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>

    </section>

      <section id="dhcp6-client-class-relay">
        <title>Segregating IPv6 clients in a cable network</title>
        <para>
          In certain cases, it is useful to mix relay address information,
          introduced in <xref linkend="dhcp6-relay-override"/> with client
          classification, explained in <xref linkend="dhcp6-subnet-class"/>.
          One specific example is cable network, where typically modems
          get addresses from a different subnet than all devices connected
          behind them.
        </para>
        <para>
          Let's assume that there is one CMTS (Cable Modem Termination System)
          with one CM MAC (a physical link that modems are connected to).
          We want the modems to get addresses from the 3000::/64 subnet,
          while everything connected behind modems should get addresses from
          another subnet (2001:db8:1::/64). The CMTS that acts as a relay
          an uses address 3000::1. The following configuration can serve
          that configuration:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/subnet "3000::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/pool [ "3000::2 - 3000::ffff" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/client-class "docsis3.0"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[0]/relay/ip-address "3000::1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config add Dhcp6/subnet6</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/subnet "2001:db8:1::/64"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/pool [ "2001:db8:1::1 - 2001:db8:1::ffff" ]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/subnet6[1]/relay/ip-address "3000::1"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
      </para>
      </section>


    <section id="dhcp6-std">
      <title>Supported Standards</title>
      <para>The following standards and draft standards are currently
      supported:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315">RFC 3315</ulink>: Supported messages are SOLICIT,
            ADVERTISE, REQUEST, RELEASE, RENEW, REBIND and REPLY.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3633">RFC 3633</ulink>: Supported options are IA_PD and
            IA_PREFIX. Also supported is the status code NoPrefixAvail.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3646">RFC 3646</ulink>: Supported option is DNS_SERVERS.</simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara><ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4704">RFC 4704</ulink>: Supported option is CLIENT_FQDN.</simpara>
          </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section id="dhcp6-limit">
      <title>DHCPv6 Server Limitations</title>
      <para> These are the current limitations and known problems
      with the DHCPv6 server
      software. Most of them are reflections of the early stage of
      development and should be treated as <quote>not implemented
      yet</quote>, rather than actual limitations.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
          <listitem> <!-- see tickets #3234, #3281 -->
            <para>
              On-line configuration has some limitations. Adding new subnets or
              modifying existing ones work, as is removing the last subnet from
              the list. However, removing non-last (e.g. removing subnet 1,2 or 3 if
              there are 4 subnets configured) will cause issues. The problem is
              caused by simplistic subnet-id assignment. The subnets are always
              numbered, starting from 1. That subnet-id is then used in leases
              that are stored in the lease database. Removing non-last subnet will
              cause the configuration information to mismatch data in the lease
              database. It is possible to manually update subnet-id fields in
              MySQL or PostgreSQL database, but it is awkward and error prone
              process. A better reconfiguration support is planned.
            </para>
          </listitem>

        <listitem>
          <para>
            On startup, the DHCPv6 server does not get the full configuration from
            BIND 10.  To remedy this, after starting BIND 10, modify any parameter
            and commit the changes, e.g.
            <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show Dhcp6/renew-timer</userinput>
Dhcp6/renew-timer	1000	integer	(default)
&gt; <userinput>config set Dhcp6/renew-timer 1001</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput></screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>Temporary addresses are not supported.</simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            The server will allocate, renew or rebind a maximum of one lease
            for a particular IA option (IA_NA or IA_PD) sent by a client.
            <ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315">RFC 3315</ulink> and
            <ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3633">RFC 3633</ulink> allow
            for multiple addresses or prefixes to be allocated for a single IA.
          </simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>Temporary addresses are not supported.</simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            Confirmation (CONFIRM), duplication report (DECLINE),
            stateless configuration (INFORMATION-REQUEST) and client
            reconfiguration (RECONFIGURE) are not yet supported.
          </simpara>
        </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              The server doesn't act upon expired leases. In particular,
              when a lease expires, the server doesn't request removal of
              the DNS records associated with it.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <!--
    <section id="dhcp6-srv-examples">
      <title>Kea DHCPv6 server examples</title>

      <para>
        This section provides easy to use example. Each example can be read
        separately. It is not intended to be read sequentially as there will
        be many repetitions between examples. They are expected to serve as
        easy to use copy-paste solutions to many common deployments.
      </para>

      @todo: add simple configuration for direct clients
      @todo: add configuration for relayed clients
      @todo: add client classification example

    </section> -->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="dhcp-ddns-server">
    <title>The DHCP-DDNS Server</title>
    <para>
    The DHCP-DDNS Server (b10-dhcp-ddns, known informally as D2) conducts the client side of
    the DDNS protocol (defined in RFC 2136) on behalf of the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6
    servers (b10-dhcp4 and b10-dhcp6 respectively). The DHCP servers construct
    DDNS update requests, known as NameChangeRequests (NCRs), based upon DHCP
    lease change events and then post these to D2. D2 attempts to match
    each such request to the appropriate DNS server(s) and carry out the
    necessary conversation with those servers to update the DNS data.
    </para>
    <para>
    In order to match a request to appropriate DNS servers, D2 must have a
    catalog of servers from which to select. In fact, D2 has two such catalogs,
    one for forward DNS and one for reverse DNS; these catalogs are referred
    to as DDNS Domain Lists.  Each list consists of one or more named DDNS
    Domains. Further, each DDNS Domain has a list of of one or more DNS
    servers that publish the DNS data for that domain.
    </para>
    <para>
    When conducting forward domain matching, D2 will compare the FQDN in
    the request against the name of each forward DDNS Domain. The domain
    whose name matches the longest portion of the FQDN is considered the
    best match.  For example, if the FQDN is "myhost.sample.example.com.",
    and there are two forward domains in the catalog: "sample.example.com."
    and "example.com.", the former is regarded as the best match.  In some
    cases, it may not be possible to find a suitable match. Given the same two
    forward domains there would be no match for the FQDN, "bogus.net", so the
    request would be rejected.   Finally, if there are no forward DDNS Domains
    defined, D2 will simply disregard the forward update portion of requests.
    </para>
    <para>
    When conducting reverse domain matching, D2 constructs a reverse
    FQDN from the lease address in the request and compare that against
    the name of each reverse DDNS Domain. Again, the domain whose name matches
    the longest portion of the FQDN is considered the best match. For instance,
    if the lease address is "172.16.1.40" and there are two reverse domains in
    the catalog: "1.16.172.in-addr.arpa." and "16.172.in-addr.arpa", the
    former is the best match.  As with forward matching, it is possible to not
    find a suitable match.  Given the same two domains, there would be no
    match for the lease address, "192.168.1.50", and the request would be
    rejected. Finally, if there are no reverse DDNS Domains defined, D2 will
    simply disregard the reverse update portion of requests.
    </para>
    <section id="dhcp-ddns-server-start-stop">
      <title>Starting and Stopping the DHCP-DDNS Server</title>
      <para>
      <command>b10-dhcp-ddns</command> is the BIND 10 DHCP-DDNS server and,
      like other parts of BIND 10, is configured through the
      <command>bindctl</command> program.
      </para>
      <para>
      After starting BIND 10 and entering bindctl, the first step in
      configuring the server is to add it to the list of running BIND 10
      services.
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config add Init/components b10-dhcp-ddns</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Init/components/b10-dhcp-ddns/kind dispensable</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      To remove <command>b10-dhcp-ddns</command> from the set of running services,
      the <command>b10-dhcp-ddns</command> is removed from list of Init components:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config remove Init/components b10-dhcp-ddns</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
      </para>
      <para>
      Note that the server was only removed from the list, so it will not be
      automatically restarted, but the server itself is still running. Hence it
      is usually desired to stop it:
      </para>
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>DhcpDdns shutdown</userinput>
</screen>
      <para>
      Upon start up the module will load its configuration and begin listening
      for NCRs based on that configuration.
      </para>
    </section> <!-- end start-stop -->
    <section id="d2-configuration">
      <title>Configuring the DHCP-DDNS Server</title>
      <para>
        Once the server is started, it can be configured. To view the
        current configuration, use the following command in <command>bindctl</command>:
        <screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show DhcpDdns</userinput></screen>
        When starting b10-dhcp-ddns module for the first time, the default
        configuration will be available. It will look similar to this:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config show DhcpDdns</userinput>
DhcpDdns/interface  "eth0"  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/ip_address "127.0.0.1" string  (default)
DhcpDdns/port   53001   integer (default)
DhcpDdns/tsig_keys  []  list    (default)
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains  []  list    (default)
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains  []  list    (default)
</screen>
      <para>
      (While displayed, the parameter "interface" is not implemented, and
      will be removed in the near future.)
      </para>
      </para>
      <para>
      The configuration can be divided as follows, each of which is described
      in its own section:
      </para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>General Server Parameters</command> &mdash;
              values which control connectivity and global server behavior
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>TSIG Key Info</command> &mdash;
              defines the TSIG keys used for secure traffic with DNS servers
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>Forward DDNS</command> &mdash;
              defines the catalog of Forward DDNS Domains
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>Reverse DDNS</command> &mdash;
              defines the catalog of Forward DDNS Domains
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      <section id="d2-server-parameter-config">
        <title>General Server Parameters</title>
        <para>
        The DHCP-DDNS server must listen for requests on a known address and
        port. By default, it will listen at 127.0.0.1 on port 53001.  This is
        governed by the parameters, "ip-address" and "port".  Either value
        may be changed using config set/commit. For example to change the
        server to listen at 192.168.1.10 port 900:
<screen>
&gt; <userinput>config set DhcpDdns/ip_address "192.168.1.10"</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set DhcpDdns/port 900</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        The server may be configured to listen over IPv4 or IPv6, therefore
        ip-address may an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
        </para>
        <warning>
          <simpara>
            When the DHCP-DDNS server is configured to listen at an address
            other than the loopback address (127.0.0.1 or ::1), it is possible
            for a malicious attacker to send bogus NameChangeRequests to it
            and change entries in the DNS. For this reason, addresses other
            than the IPv4 or IPv6 loopback addresses should only be used
            for testing purposes. A future version of Kea will implement
            authentication to guard against such attacks.
          </simpara>
        </warning>

<note>
<simpara>
If the ip_address and port are changed, it will be necessary to change the
corresponding values in the DHCP servers' "dhcp-ddns" configuration section.
</simpara>
</note>
      </section> <!-- "d2-server-parameter-config" -->

      <section id="d2-tsig-key-list-config">
        <title>TSIG Key List</title>
<note>
<simpara>
        While this section may be displayed and edited using bindctl, the use
        of TSIG in actual communications between D2 and DNS servers is not yet
        implemented.
</simpara>
</note>
        <para>
        DDNS protocol can be conducted with or without TSIG as defined in
        RFC 2845. This configuration section allows the administrator to
        define the dictionary of TSIG keys to may be used.  To use TSIG
        when working with a specific DDNS Domain that key must be defined in
        the TSIG Key List and referenced by name in that domain's entry in
        the DDNS catalog.
        </para>
        <para>
        As one might gather from its name, this section is a list of
        TSIG keys. Each key has three parameters:
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>name</command> &mdash;
              is a unique text label used to identify the this key within the
              list.  It is this value that is used to specify which key (if any)
              should be used with a specific DNS server. So long as it is
              unique, its content is arbitrary.  It cannot be blank.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>algorithm</command> &mdash;
              specifies which hashing algorithm should be used with this
              key.  This value is not currently used.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <simpara>
              <command>secret</command> &mdash;
              is used to specify the shared secret key code for this key. This
              value is not currently used.
            </simpara>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        </para>
        <para>
        By default, the TSIG Key list is empty:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/tsig_keys</userinput>
DhcpDdns/tsig_keys  []  list  (default)
</screen>
        To create a new key in the list, one must first add a new key element:
<screen>
<userinput>> config add DhcpDdns/tsig_keys</userinput>
</screen>
        Displaying the new element, reveals this:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]</userinput>
DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]/name  ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]/algorithm "hmac_md5"  string  (modified)
DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]/secret  ""  string  (default)
</screen>
        Populating the key name and secret, while accepting the default value
        for alogorithm:
<screen>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]/name "key1.example.com"</userinput>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/tsig_keys[0]/secret "123456789"</userinput>
<userinput>> config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        </para>
      </section> <!-- "d2-tsig-key-list-config" -->

      <section id="d2-forward-ddns-config">
        <title>Forward DDNS</title>
        <para>
        The Forward DDNS section is used to configure D2's forward update
        behavior. Currently it contains a single parameter, the catalog of
        forward DDNS Domains:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/</userinput>
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains  [] list  (default)
</screen>
        By default, this list is empty, which will cause the server to ignore
        the forward update portions of requests.
        </para>
        <section id="add-forward-ddns-domain">
          <title>Adding Forward DDNS Domains</title>


          <para>
          A forward DDNS Domain maps a forward DNS zone to a set of DNS servers
          which maintain the forward DNS data for that zone.  You will need one
          forward DDNS Domain for each zone you wish to service.  It may very
          well be that some or all of your zones are maintained by the same
          servers. You will still need one DDNS Domain per zone. Remember that
          matching a request to the appropriate server(s) is done by zone and
          a DDNS Domain only defines a single zone.
          </para>
          <para>
          The section describes how to add Forward DDNS Domains. Repeat these
          steps for each Forward DDNS Domain desired.  Each Forward DDNS Domain
          has the following parameters:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>name</command> &mdash;
              The fully qualified domain name (or zone) that this DDNS Domain
              can update.  This is value used to compare against the request
              FQDN during forward matching.  It must be unique within the
              catalog.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>key_name</command> &mdash;
              If TSIG is used with this domain's servers, this
              value should be the name of the key from within the TSIG Key List
              to use.  If the value is blank (the default), TSIG will not be
              used in DDNS conversations with this domain's servers.  Currently
              TSIG has not been implemented, so this value is ignored.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>dns_servers</command> &mdash;
              A list of one or more DNS servers which can conduct the server
              side of the DDNS protocol for this domain.  The servers
              are used in a first to last preference. In other words, when D2
              begins to process a request for this domain it will pick the
              first server in this list and attempt to communicate with it.
              If that attempt fails, it will move to next one in the list and
              so on until the it achieves success or the list is exhausted.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        To create a new forward DDNS Domain, one must first add a new domain
        element:
<screen>
<userinput>> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains</userinput>
</screen>
        Displaying the DDNS Domain reveals this:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]</userinput>
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/name  ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/key_name  ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers   []  list    (default)
</screen>
        To set the domain's name to "other.example.com":
<screen>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/name "other.example.com"</userinput>
<userinput>> config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        It is permissible to add a domain without any servers. If that domain
        should be matched to a request, however, the request will fail.  In
        order to make the domain useful though, we must add at least one DNS
        server to it.
        </para>

        <section id="add-forward-dns-servers">
          <title>Adding Forward DNS Servers</title>
          <para>
          The section describes how to add DNS servers to a Forward DDNS Domain.
          Repeat them for as many servers as desired for a each domain.
          </para>
          <para>
          Forward DNS Server entries represent actual DNS servers which
          support the server side of the DDNS protocol. Each Forward DNS Server
          has the following parameters:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>hostname</command> &mdash;
              The resolvable host name of the DNS server. This value is not
              yet implemented.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>ip_address</command> &mdash;
              The IP address at which the server listens for DDNS requests.
              This may be either an IPv4 or an IPv6 address.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>port</command> &mdash;
              The port on which the server listens for DDNS requests. It
              defaults to the standard DNS service port of 53.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
          To create a new forward DNS Server, one must first add a new server
          element to the domain:
<screen>
<userinput>> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers</userinput>
</screen>
         Displaying the DNS Server element should appear as follows:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]</userinput>
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/hostname   ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/port   53  integer(default)
</screen>
        As stated earlier, "hostname" is not yet supported so, the parameter
        "ip_address" must be set to the address of the DNS server. If for
        example the service is running at "172.88.99.10", then set it as
        follows:
<screen>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.88.99.10"</userinput>
<userinput>> config commit</userinput>
</screen>
          </para>
        </section> <!-- "add-forward-dns-servers" -->

      </section> <!-- "add-forward-ddns-domains" -->

      </section> <!-- "d2-forward-ddns-config" -->

      <section id="d2-reverse-ddns-config">
        <title>Reverse DDNS</title>
        <para>
        The Reverse DDNS section is used to configure D2's reverse update
        behavior, and the concepts are the same as for the forward DDNS
        section. Currently it contains a single parameter, the catalog of
        reverse DDNS Domains:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/</userinput>
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains  [] list  (default)
</screen>
        By default, this list is empty, which will cause the server to ignore
        the reverse update portions of requests.
        </para>
        <section id="add-reverse-ddns-domain">
          <title>Adding Reverse DDNS Domains</title>
          <para>
          A reverse DDNS Domain maps a reverse DNS zone to a set of DNS servers
          which maintain the reverse DNS data for that zone.  You will need one
          reverse DDNS Domain for each zone you wish to service.  It may very
          well be that some or all of your zones are maintained by the same
          servers; even then, you will still need one DDNS Domain entry for each
          zone. Remember that
          matching a request to the appropriate server(s) is done by zone and
          a DDNS Domain only defines a single zone.
          </para>
          <para>
          The section describes how to add Reverse DDNS Domains. Repeat these
          steps for each Reverse DDNS Domain desired.  Each Reverse DDNS Domain
          has the following parameters:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>name</command> &mdash;
              The fully qualified reverse zone that this DDNS Domain
              can update.  This is the value used during reverse matching
              which will compare it with a reversed version of the request's
              lease address. The zone name should follow the appropriate
              standards: for example, to to support the IPv4 subnet 172.16.1,
              the name should be. "1.16.172.in-addr.arpa.".  Similarly,
              to support an IPv6 subent of 2001:db8:1, the name should be
              "1.0.0.0.8.B.D.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa."
              Whatever the name, it must be unique within the catalog.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>key_name</command> &mdash;
              If TSIG should be used with this domain's servers, then this
              value should be the name of the key from within the TSIG Key List
              to use.  If the value is blank (the default), TSIG will not be
              used in DDNS conversations with this domain's servers.  Currently
              this value is not used as TSIG has not been implemented.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>dns_servers</command> &mdash;
              a list of one or more DNS servers which can conduct the server
              side of the DDNS protocol for this domain.  Currently the servers
              are used in a first to last preference. In other words, when D2
              begins to process a request for this domain it will pick the
              first server in this list and attempt to communicate with it.
              If that attempt fails, it will move to next one in the list and
              so on until the it achieves success or the list is exhausted.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        To create a new reverse DDNS Domain, one must first add a new domain
        element:
<screen>
<userinput>> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains</userinput>
</screen>
        Displaying the DDNS Domain reveals this:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]</userinput>
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/name  ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/key_name  ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers   []  list    (default)
</screen>
        For domain supporting the subnet 2001:db8:1::, we would set the
        domain's name as follows:
<screen>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/name "1.0.0.0.8.B.D.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa."</userinput>
<userinput>> config commit</userinput>
</screen>
        It is permissible to add a domain without any servers. If that domain
        should be matched to a request, however, the request will fail.  In
        order to make the domain useful though, we must add at least one DNS
        server to it.
        </para>

        <section id="add-reverse-dns-servers">
          <title>Adding Reverse DNS Servers</title>
          <para>
          The section describes how to add DNS servers to a Reverse DDNS Domain.
          Repeat them for as many servers as desired for a each domain.
          </para>
          <para>
          Reverse DNS Server entries represents a actual DNS servers which
          support the server side of the DDNS protocol. Each Reverse DNS Server
          has the following parameters:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>hostname</command> &mdash;
              The resolvable host name of the DNS server. This value is
              currently ignored.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>ip_address</command> &mdash;
              The IP address at which the server listens for DDNS requests.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <simpara>
              <command>port</command> &mdash;
              The port on which the server listens for DDNS requests. It
              defaults to the standard DNS service port of 53.
              </simpara>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
          To create a new reverse DNS Server, one must first add a new server
          element to the domain:
<screen>
<userinput>> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers</userinput>
</screen>
         Displaying the DNS Server element should appear as follows:
<screen>
<userinput>> config show DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]</userinput>
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/hostname   ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address ""  string  (default)
DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/port   53  integer(default)
</screen>
        As stated earlier, "hostname" is not yet supported so, the parameter
        "ip_address" must be set to the address of the DNS server. If for
        example the service is running at "172.88.99.10", then set it as
        follows:
<screen>
<userinput>> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.88.99.10"</userinput>
<userinput>> config commit</userinput>
</screen>
          </para>
        </section> <!-- "add-reverse-dns-servers" -->

      </section> <!-- "add-reverse-ddns-domains" -->

      </section> <!-- "d2-reverse-ddns-config" -->

      <section id="d2-exmaple-config">
        <title>Example DHCP-DDNS Server Configuration</title>
        <para>
        This section provides an example DHCP-DDNS server configuration based
        on a small example network.  Let's suppose our example network has
        three domains, each with their own subnet.

        <table>
          <title>Our example network</title>
          <tgroup cols='4' align='left'>
          <colspec colname='domain'/>
          <colspec colname='subnet'/>
          <colspec colname='fservers'/>
          <colspec colname='rservers'/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry>Domain</entry>
              <entry>Subnet</entry>
              <entry>Forward DNS Servers</entry>
              <entry>Reverse DNS Servers</entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>four.example.com</entry>
              <entry>192.0.2.0/24</entry>
              <entry>172.16.1.5, 172.16.2.5</entry>
              <entry>172.16.1.5, 172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>six.example.com</entry>
              <entry>2001:db8:1::/64</entry>
              <entry>3001:1::50</entry>
              <entry>3001:1::51</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>example.com</entry>
              <entry>192.0.0.0/16</entry>
              <entry>172.16.2.5</entry>
              <entry>172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
        </para>
        <para>
        We need to construct three forward DDNS Domains:
        <table>
          <title>Forward DDNS Domains Needed</title>
          <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
          <colspec colname='num'/>
          <colspec colname='name'/>
          <colspec colname='servers'/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry>#</entry>
              <entry>DDNS Domain Name</entry>
              <entry>DNS Servers</entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>1.</entry>
              <entry>four.example.com.</entry>
              <entry>172.16.1.5, 172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>2.</entry>
              <entry>six.example.com.</entry>
              <entry>3001:1::50</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>3.</entry>
              <entry>example.com.</entry>
              <entry>172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
        As discussed earlier, FQDN to domain matching is based on the longest
        match. The FQDN, "myhost.four.example.com.", will match the first
        domain ("four.example.com") while "admin.example.com." will match the
        third domain ("example.com"). The
        FQDN, "other.example.net." will fail to match any domain and would
        be rejected.
        </para>
        <para>
        The following series of commands in bindctl will create the Forward
        DDNS Domains.
<screen>
<userinput>
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/name "four.example.com."
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.16.1.5"
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[1]/ip_address "172.16.2.5"
>
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/name "six.example.com."
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "3001:1::50:"
>
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/name "example.com."
> config add DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/forward_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.16.2.5"
>
> config commit
</userinput>
</screen>
        </para>
        <para>
        Similarly, we need to construct the three reverse DDNS Domains:
        <table>
          <title>Reverse DDNS Domains Needed</title>
          <tgroup cols='3' align='left'>
          <colspec colname='num'/>
          <colspec colname='DDNS Domain name'/>
          <colspec colname='DDNS Domain DNS Servers'/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry>#</entry>
              <entry>DDNS Domain Name</entry>
              <entry>DNS Servers</entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>1.</entry>
              <entry>2.0.192.in-addr.arpa.</entry>
              <entry>172.16.1.5, 172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>2.</entry>
              <entry>1.0.0.0.8.d.b.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa.</entry>
              <entry>3001:1::50</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>3.</entry>
              <entry>0.182.in-addr.arpa.</entry>
              <entry>172.16.2.5</entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
        An address of "192.0.2.150" will match the first domain,
        "2001:db8:1::10" will match the second domain, and "192.0.50.77"
        the third domain.
        </para>
        <para>
        The following series of commands in bindctl will create our Reverse
        DDNS Domains.
<screen>
<userinput>
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/name "2.0.192.in-addr.arpa."
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.16.1.5"
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[0]/dns_servers[1]/ip_address "172.16.2.5"
>
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/name "1.0.0.0.8.d.b.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa."
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[1]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "3001:1::50:"
>
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/name "0.192.in-addr.arpa."
> config add DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/dns_servers
> config set DhcpDdns/reverse_ddns/ddns_domains[2]/dns_servers[0]/ip_address "172.16.2.5"
>
> config commit
</userinput>
</screen>
        </para>
        </section> <!-- end of "d2-example" -->
    </section> <!-- end of section "d2-configuration" -->
    <section>
      <title>DHCP-DDNS Server Limitations</title>
      <para>The following are the current limitations of the DHCP-DDNS Server.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            Requests received from the DHCP servers are placed in a
            queue until they are processed.  Currently all queued requests
            are lost when the server shuts down.
          </simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>
            TSIG Authentication (<ulink
            url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2845">RFC 2845</ulink>)
            is not supported yet.
          </simpara>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>
  </chapter> <!-- DHCP-DDNS Server -->

  <chapter id="libdhcp">
    <title>libdhcp++ library</title>
    <para>
      libdhcp++ is a common library written in C++ that handles
      many DHCP-related tasks, including:
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 packets parsing, manipulation and assembly</simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>Option parsing, manipulation and assembly</simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>Network interface detection</simpara>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <simpara>Socket operations such as creation, data transmission and reception and socket closing.</simpara>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </para>

    <para>
    While this library is currently used by Kea, it is designed to
    be a portable, universal library, useful for any kind of DHCP-related software.
    </para>

<!-- TODO: point to doxygen docs -->

    <section id="iface-detect">
      <title>Interface detection and Socket handling</title>
      <para>Both the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 components share network
      interface detection routines. Interface detection is
      currently supported on Linux, all BSD family (FreeBSD, NetBSD,
      OpenBSD), Mac OS X and Solaris 11 systems.</para>

      <para>DHCPv4 requires special raw socket processing to send and receive
      packets from hosts that do not have IPv4 address assigned yet. Support
      for this operation is implemented on Linux only, so it is likely that
      DHCPv4 component will not work in certain cases on systems other than
      Linux.</para>
    </section>

<!--
    <section id="packet-handling">
      <title>DHCPv4/DHCPv6 packet handling</title>
      <para>TODO: Describe packet handling here, with pointers to wiki</para>
    </section>
-->

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="statistics">
    <title>Statistics</title>

    <para>
      The <command>b10-stats</command> process is started by
      <command>b10-init</command>.
      It periodically collects statistics data from various modules
      and aggregates it.
<!-- TODO -->
    </para>

    <para>

       This stats daemon provides commands to identify if it is
       running, show specified or all statistics data, and show specified
       or all statistics data schema.

       For example, using <command>bindctl</command>:

       <screen>
&gt; <userinput>Stats show</userinput>
{
    "Auth": {
        "opcode.iquery": 0,
        "opcode.notify": 10,
        "opcode.query": 869617,
        ...
        "queries.tcp": 1749,
        "queries.udp": 867868
    },
    "Init": {
        "boot_time": "2011-01-20T16:59:03Z"
    },
    "Stats": {
        "boot_time": "2011-01-20T16:59:05Z",
        "last_update_time": "2011-01-20T17:04:05Z",
        "lname": "4d3869d9_a@jreed.example.net",
        "report_time": "2011-01-20T17:04:06Z",
        "timestamp": 1295543046.823504
    }
}
       </screen>
    </para>

  </chapter>

  <chapter id="logging">
    <title>Logging</title>

    <section>
      <title>Logging configuration</title>

      <para>

        The logging system in Kea is configured through the
        Logging module. All  modules will look at the
        configuration in Logging to see what should be logged and
        to where.

<!-- TODO: what is context of Logging module for readers of this guide? -->

      </para>

      <section>
        <title>Loggers</title>

        <para>

          Within Kea, a message is logged through a component
          called a "logger". Different parts of log messages
          through different loggers, and each logger can be configured
          independently of one another.

        </para>

        <para>

          In the Logging module, you can specify the configuration
          for zero or more loggers; any that are not specified will
          take appropriate default values.

        </para>

        <para>

          The three most important elements of a logger configuration
          are the <option>name</option> (the component that is
          generating the messages), the <option>severity</option>
          (what to log), and the <option>output_options</option>
          (where to log).

        </para>

        <section>
          <title>name (string)</title>

          <para>
          Each logger in the system has a name, the name being that
          of the component using it to log messages. For instance,
          if you want to configure logging for the Dhcp4 module,
          you add an entry for a logger named <quote>Dhcp4</quote>. This
          configuration will then be used by the loggers in the
          Dhcp4 module, and all the libraries used by it.
              </para>

<!-- TODO: later we will have a way to know names of all modules

Right now you can only see what their names are if they are running
(a simple 'help' without anything else in bindctl for instance).

 -->
          <para>

          If you want to specify logging for one specific library
          within the module, you set the name to
          <replaceable>module.library</replaceable>.  For example, the
          logger used by the nameserver address store component
          has the full name of <quote>Dhcp4.dhcpsrv</quote>. If
          there is no entry in Logging for a particular library,
          it will use the configuration given for the module.

        </para>

       <para>

          To illustrate this, suppose you want the dhcpsrv library
          to log messages of severity DEBUG, and the rest of the
          Dhcp4 code to log messages of severity INFO. To achieve
          this you specify two loggers, one with the name
          <quote>Dhcp4</quote> and severity INFO, and one with
          the name <quote>Dhcp4.dhcpsrv</quote> with severity
          DEBUG. As there are no entries for other libraries,
          they will use the configuration for the module
          (<quote>Dhcp4</quote>), so giving the desired behavior.

        </para>

        <para>

          One special case is that of a module name of <quote>*</quote>
          (asterisks), which is interpreted as <emphasis>any</emphasis>
          module. You can set global logging options by using this,
          including setting the logging configuration for a library
          that is used by multiple modules (e.g. <quote>*.config</quote>
          specifies the configuration library code in whatever
          module is using it).

        </para>

        <para>

          If there are multiple logger specifications in the
          configuration that might match a particular logger, the
          specification with the more specific logger name takes
          precedence. For example, if there are entries for
          both <quote>*</quote> and <quote>Dhcp4</quote>, the
          Dhcp4 module &mdash; and all libraries it uses &mdash;
          will log messages according to the configuration in the
          second entry (<quote>Dhcp4</quote>). All other modules
          will use the configuration of the first entry
          (<quote>*</quote>).

        </para>

        <para>

          One final note about the naming. When specifying the
          module name within a logger, use the name of the module
          as specified in <command>bindctl</command>, e.g.
          <quote>Dhcp4</quote> for the Dhcp4 module,
          <quote>Dhcp6</quote> for the Dhcp6 module, etc. When
          the message is logged, the message will include the name
          of the logger generating the message, but with the module
          name replaced by the name of the process implementing
          the module (so for example, a message generated by the
          <quote>Dhcp4</quote> logger will appear in the output
          with a logger name of <quote>b10-dhcp4</quote>).

        </para>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>severity (string)</title>

        <para>

          This specifies the category of messages logged.
          Each message is logged with an associated severity which
          may be one of the following (in descending order of
          severity):
        </para>

        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <simpara> FATAL </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara> ERROR </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara> WARN </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara> INFO </simpara>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <simpara> DEBUG </simpara>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>

        <para>

          When the severity of a logger is set to one of these
          values, it will only log messages of that severity, and
          the severities above it. The severity may also be set to
          NONE, in which case all messages from that logger are
          inhibited.

<!-- TODO: worded wrong? If I set to INFO, why would it show DEBUG which is literally below in that list? -->

        </para>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>output_options (list)</title>

        <para>

          Each logger can have zero or more
          <option>output_options</option>. These specify where log
          messages are sent to. These are explained in detail below.

        </para>

        <para>

          The other options for a logger are:

        </para>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>debuglevel (integer)</title>

        <para>

          When a logger's severity is set to DEBUG, this value
          specifies what debug messages should be printed. It ranges
          from 0 (least verbose) to 99 (most verbose).
        </para>


<!-- TODO: complete this sentence:

          The general classification of debug message types is

TODO; there's a ticket to determine these levels, see #1074

 -->

        <para>

          If severity for the logger is not DEBUG, this value is ignored.

        </para>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>additive (true or false)</title>

        <para>

          If this is true, the <option>output_options</option> from
          the parent will be used. For example, if there are two
          loggers configured; <quote>Dhcp4</quote> and
          <quote>Dhcp4.dhcpsrv</quote>, and <option>additive</option>
          is true in the second, it will write the log messages
          not only to the destinations specified for
          <quote>Dhcp4.dhcpsrv</quote>, but also to the destinations
          as specified in the <option>output_options</option> in
          the logger named <quote>Dhcp4</quote>.

      </para>

      </section>

      </section>

      <section>
        <title>Output Options</title>

        <para>

          The main settings for an output option are the
          <option>destination</option> and a value called
          <option>output</option>, the meaning of which depends on
          the destination that is set.

        </para>

        <section>
          <title>destination (string)</title>

          <para>

            The destination is the type of output. It can be one of:

          </para>

          <itemizedlist>

            <listitem>
              <simpara> console </simpara>
          </listitem>

            <listitem>
              <simpara> file </simpara>
          </listitem>

            <listitem>
              <simpara> syslog </simpara>
            </listitem>

          </itemizedlist>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>output (string)</title>

        <para>

          Depending on what is set as the output destination, this
          value is interpreted as follows:

        </para>

        <variablelist>

          <varlistentry>
            <term><option>destination</option> is <quote>console</quote></term>
            <listitem>
              <para>
                 The value of output must be one of <quote>stdout</quote>
                 (messages printed to standard output) or
                 <quote>stderr</quote> (messages printed to standard
                 error).
              </para>
              <para>
                Note: if output is set to <quote>stderr</quote> and a lot of
                messages are produced in a short time (e.g. if the logging
                level is set to DEBUG), you may occasionally see some messages
                jumbled up together.  This is due to a combination of the way
                that messages are written to the screen and the unbuffered
                nature of the standard error stream.  If this occurs, it is
                recommended that output be set to <quote>stdout</quote>.
              </para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term><option>destination</option> is <quote>file</quote></term>
            <listitem>
              <para>
                The value of output is interpreted as a file name;
                log messages will be appended to this file.
              </para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term><option>destination</option> is <quote>syslog</quote></term>
            <listitem>
              <para>
                The value of output is interpreted as the
                <command>syslog</command> facility (e.g.
                <emphasis>local0</emphasis>) that should be used
                for log messages.
              </para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

        </variablelist>

        <para>

          The other options for <option>output_options</option> are:

        </para>

        <section>
          <title>flush (true of false)</title>

          <para>
            Flush buffers after each log message. Doing this will
            reduce performance but will ensure that if the program
            terminates abnormally, all messages up to the point of
            termination are output.
          </para>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>maxsize (integer)</title>

          <para>
            Only relevant when destination is file, this is maximum
            file size of output files in bytes. When the maximum
            size is reached, the file is renamed and a new file opened.
            (For example, a ".1" is appended to the name &mdash;
            if a ".1" file exists, it is renamed ".2",
            etc.)
          </para>

          <para>
            If this is 0, no maximum file size is used.
          </para>

          <note>
            <simpara>
	      Due to a limitation of the underlying logging library
	      (log4cplus), rolling over the log files (from ".1" to
	      ".2", etc) may show odd results: There can be
	      multiple small files at the timing of roll over.  This
	      can happen when multiple processes try to roll
	      over the files simultaneously.
	      Version 1.1.0 of log4cplus solved this problem, so if
	      this or higher version of log4cplus is used to build
	      Kea, it shouldn't happen.  Even for older versions
	      it is normally expected to happen rarely unless the log
	      messages are produced very frequently by multiple
	      different processes.
	    </simpara>
	  </note>

        </section>

        <section>
          <title>maxver (integer)</title>

          <para>
            Maximum number of old log files to keep around when
            rolling the output file. Only relevant when
            <option>destination</option> is <quote>file</quote>.
          </para>

        </section>

      </section>

      </section>

      <section>
        <title>Example session</title>

        <para>

          In this example we want to set the global logging to
          write to the file <filename>/var/log/my_bind10.log</filename>,
          at severity WARN. We want the authoritative server to
          log at DEBUG with debuglevel 40, to a different file
          (<filename>/tmp/debug_messages</filename>).

        </para>

        <para>

          Start <command>bindctl</command>.

        </para>

        <para>

           <screen>["login success "]
&gt; <userinput>config show Logging</userinput>
Logging/loggers	[]	list
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          By default, no specific loggers are configured, in which
          case the severity defaults to INFO and the output is
          written to stderr.

        </para>

        <para>

          Let's first add a default logger:

        </para>

<!-- TODO: adding the empty loggers makes no sense -->
        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput>config add Logging/loggers</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config show Logging</userinput>
Logging/loggers/	list	(modified)
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          The loggers value line changed to indicate that it is no
          longer an empty list:

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput>config show Logging/loggers</userinput>
Logging/loggers[0]/name	""	string	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/severity	"INFO"	string	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/debuglevel	0	integer	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/additive	false	boolean	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options	[]	list	(default)
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          The name is mandatory, so we must set it. We will also
          change the severity as well. Let's start with the global
          logger.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput>config set Logging/loggers[0]/name *</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config set Logging/loggers[0]/severity WARN</userinput>
&gt; <userinput>config show Logging/loggers</userinput>
Logging/loggers[0]/name	"*"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/severity	"WARN"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/debuglevel	0	integer	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/additive	false	boolean	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options	[]	list	(default)
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          Of course, we need to specify where we want the log
          messages to go, so we add an entry for an output option.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config add Logging/loggers[0]/output_options</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config show Logging/loggers[0]/output_options</userinput>
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/destination	"console"	string	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/output	"stdout"	string	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/flush	false	boolean	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxsize	0	integer	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxver	0	integer	(default)
</screen>


        </para>

        <para>

          These aren't the values we are looking for.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/destination file</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/output /var/log/kea.log</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxsize 204800</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxver 8</userinput>
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          Which would make the entire configuration for this logger
          look like:

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config show all Logging/loggers</userinput>
Logging/loggers[0]/name	"*"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/severity	"WARN"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/debuglevel	0	integer	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/additive	false	boolean	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/destination	"file"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/output	"/var/log/kea.log"	string	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/flush	false	boolean	(default)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxsize	204800	integer	(modified)
Logging/loggers[0]/output_options[0]/maxver	8	integer	(modified)
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          That looks OK, so let's commit it before we add the
          configuration for the authoritative server's logger.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config commit</userinput></screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          Now that we have set it, and checked each value along
          the way, adding a second entry is quite similar.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config add Logging/loggers</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[1]/name Dhcp4</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[1]/severity DEBUG</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[1]/debuglevel 40</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config add Logging/loggers[1]/output_options</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[1]/output_options[0]/destination file</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config set Logging/loggers[1]/output_options[0]/output /tmp/dhcp4_debug.log</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config commit</userinput>
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          And that's it. Once we have found whatever it was we
          needed the debug messages for, we can simply remove the
          second logger to let the DHCP server use the
          same settings as the rest.

        </para>

        <para>

          <screen>&gt; <userinput> config remove Logging/loggers[1]</userinput>
&gt; <userinput> config commit</userinput>
</screen>

        </para>

        <para>

          And every module will now be using the values from the
          logger named <quote>*</quote>.

        </para>

      </section>

    </section>

    <section>
      <title>Logging Message Format</title>

      <para>
          Each message written  to the configured logging
          destinations comprises a number of components that identify
          the origin of the message and, if the message indicates
          a problem, information about the problem that may be
          useful in fixing it.
      </para>

      <para>
          Consider the message below logged to a file:
          <screen>2014-04-11 12:58:01.005 INFO  [b10-dhcp4.dhcpsrv/27456]
    DHCPSRV_MEMFILE_DB opening memory file lease database: type=memfile universe=4</screen>
      </para>

      <para>
        Note: the layout of messages written to the system logging
        file (syslog) may be slightly different.  This message has
        been split across two lines here for display reasons; in the
        logging file, it will appear on one line.)
      </para>

      <para>
        The log message comprises a number of components:

          <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
          <term>2014-04-11 12:58:01.005</term>
<!-- TODO: timestamp repeated even if using syslog? -->
          <listitem><para>
              The date and time at which the message was generated.
          </para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
          <term>INFO</term>
          <listitem><para>
              The severity of the message.
          </para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
          <term>[b10-dhcp4.dhcpsrv/27456]</term>
          <listitem><para>
            The source of the message.  This comprises two components:
            the BIND 10 process generating the message (in this
            case, <command>b10-dhcp4</command>) and the module
            within the program from which the message originated
            (which is the name of the common library used by DHCP server
            implementations).
          </para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
          <term>DHCPSRV_MEMFILE_DB</term>
          <listitem><para>
            The message identification.  Every message in Kea
            has a unique identification, which can be used as an
            index into the <ulink
            url="bind10-messages.html"><citetitle>Kea Messages
            Manual</citetitle></ulink> (<ulink
            url="http://kea.isc.org/docs/bind10-messages.html"
            />) from which more information can be obtained.
          </para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
          <term>opening memory file lease database: type=memfile universe=4</term>
          <listitem><para>
              A brief description.
              Within this text, information relating to the condition
              that caused the message to be logged will be included.
              In this example, the information is logged that the in-memory
              lease database backend will be used to store DHCP leases.
          </para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          </variablelist>
      </para>

    </section>

  </chapter>

    <chapter id="acknowledgements">
      <title>Acknowledgements</title>

      <para>Kea was initially implemented as a collection of applications
      within the BIND 10 framework. Hence, Kea development would not be
      possible without the generous support of BIND 10 project sponsors.</para>

      <para><ulink url="http://jprs.co.jp/">JPRS</ulink> and
      <ulink url="http://cira.ca/">CIRA</ulink> are Patron Level
      sponsors.</para>

      <para><ulink url="https://www.afnic.fr/">AFNIC</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://www.cnnic.net.cn/">CNNIC</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://www.nic.cz/">CZ.NIC</ulink>,
      <ulink url="http://www.denic.de/">DENIC eG</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://www.google.com/">Google</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://www.ripe.net/">RIPE NCC</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://registro.br/">Registro.br</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://nzrs.net.nz/">.nz Registry Services</ulink>, and
      <ulink url="https://www.tcinet.ru/">Technical Center of Internet</ulink>
      are current sponsors.</para>

      <para><ulink url="https://www.afilias.info/">Afilias</ulink>,
      <ulink url="https://www.iis.se/">IIS.SE</ulink>,
      <ulink url="http://www.nominet.org.uk/">Nominet</ulink>, and
      <ulink url="https://www.sidn.nl/">SIDN</ulink> were founding
      sponsors of the project.</para>

<!-- DHCP sponsorship by Comcast -->

      <para>Support for the development of the DHCPv4, DHCPv6 and
      DHCP-DDNS  components is provided by
      <ulink url="http://www.comcast.com/">Comcast</ulink>.</para>

    </chapter>


<!-- TODO: Add bibliography section (mostly RFCs, probably) -->


<!-- TODO: how to help: run unit tests, join lists, review trac tickets -->

  <!-- <index>    <title>Index</title> </index> -->

</book>

<!--

TODO:

Overview

Getting BIND 10 Installed
  Basics
  Dependencies
  Optional
  Advanced

How Does Everything Work Together?

Need Help?

-->